2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
% gpl-lgpl.tex -*- LaTeX -*-
2004-01-07 21:00:06 +00:00
% Tutorial Text for the Detailed Study and Analysis of GPL and LGPL course
2003-05-23 21:31:04 +00:00
%
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
% Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
% Copyright (C) 2014 Bradley M. Kuhn
2003-05-23 21:31:04 +00:00
2014-02-15 23:16:41 +00:00
% License: CC-By-SA-4.0
% The copyright holders hereby grant the freedom to copy, modify, convey,
% Adapt, and/or redistribute this work under the terms of the Creative
% Commons Attribution Share Alike 4.0 International License.
% This text is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
% WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
% You should have received a copy of the license with this document in
% a file called 'CC-By-SA-4.0.txt'. If not, please visit
% https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/legalcode to receive
% the license text.
2003-05-23 21:31:04 +00:00
2014-03-20 12:39:10 +00:00
% FIXME-LATER: I should make a macro like the Texinfo @xref stuff for places
% where I'm saying ``see section X in this tutorial'', so that the extra
% verbiage isn't there in the HTML versions that I'll eventually do.
% Maybe something like that already exists? In the worst case, I could
% adapt @xref from texinfo.texi for it.
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
\newcommand { \defn } [1]{ \emph { #1} }
2003-05-23 21:31:04 +00:00
2014-02-20 17:16:19 +00:00
\part { Detailed Analysis of the GNU GPL and Related Licenses}
2003-05-23 21:31:04 +00:00
{ \parindent 0in
2014-03-16 20:29:08 +00:00
\tutorialpartsplit { ``Detailed Analysis of the GNU GPL and Related Licenses''} { This part} is: \\
2014-02-20 18:37:39 +00:00
\begin { tabbing}
2014-03-20 13:59:16 +00:00
Copyright \= \copyright { } 2003--2007 \hspace { .1mm} \= \kill
Copyright \> \copyright { } 2014 \> Bradley M. Kuhn \\
Copyright \> \copyright { } 2014 \> Anthony K. Sebro, Jr. \\
Copyright \> \copyright { } 2003--2007 \> Free Software Foundation, Inc.
2014-02-20 18:37:39 +00:00
\end { tabbing}
2003-05-23 21:31:04 +00:00
2014-03-20 13:59:16 +00:00
\vspace { 1in}
\begin { center}
2014-03-16 20:29:08 +00:00
Authors of \tutorialpartsplit { ``Detailed Analysis of the GNU GPL and Related Licenses''} { this part} are: \\
2003-05-23 21:31:04 +00:00
2014-03-20 13:59:16 +00:00
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
Free Software Foundation, Inc. \\
2014-02-20 15:33:16 +00:00
Bradley M. Kuhn \\
David ``Novalis'' Turner \\
Daniel B. Ravicher \\
2014-03-19 00:48:40 +00:00
Tony Sebro \\
2014-02-20 15:33:16 +00:00
John Sullivan
2003-05-23 21:31:04 +00:00
2014-02-20 15:33:16 +00:00
\vspace { .3in}
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
2014-03-16 20:29:08 +00:00
The copyright holders of \tutorialpartsplit { ``Detailed Analysis of the GNU GPL and Related Licenses''} { this part} hereby grant the freedom to copy, modify,
2014-02-20 15:33:16 +00:00
convey, Adapt, and/or redistribute this work under the terms of the Creative
Commons Attribution Share Alike 4.0 International License. A copy of that
license is available at
2014-03-20 13:59:16 +00:00
\verb =https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/legalcode=.
2014-02-20 15:36:39 +00:00
\end { center}
2014-03-20 13:59:16 +00:00
}
2005-09-26 22:15:53 +00:00
2014-02-20 15:36:39 +00:00
\bigskip
2003-05-29 19:00:18 +00:00
2014-03-16 20:29:08 +00:00
\bigskip
\tutorialpartsplit { This tutorial} { This part of the tutorial} gives a
comprehensive explanation of the most popular Free Software copyright
license, the GNU General Public License (``GNU GPL'', or sometimes just
``GPL'') -- both version 2 (``GPLv2'') and version 3 (``GPLv3'') -- and
teaches lawyers, software developers, managers and business people how to use
the GPL (and GPL'd software) successfully both as a community-building
2014-03-19 15:43:43 +00:00
``Constitution'' for a software project, and to incorporate copylefted
2014-03-16 20:29:08 +00:00
software into a new Free Software business and in existing, successful
enterprises.
2003-05-23 21:31:04 +00:00
2014-03-21 18:17:10 +00:00
To successfully benefit from this part of the tutorial, readers should
2014-03-19 15:43:43 +00:00
have a general familiarity with software development processes. A basic
2014-03-15 16:11:10 +00:00
understanding of how copyright law applies to software is also helpful. The
2014-02-20 15:33:16 +00:00
tutorial is of most interest to lawyers, software developers and managers who
2014-03-15 16:11:10 +00:00
run or advise software businesses that modify and/or redistribute software
2014-03-19 15:43:43 +00:00
under the terms of the GNU GPL (or who wish to do so in the future), and those
2014-03-15 16:11:10 +00:00
who wish to make use of existing GPL'd software in their enterprise.
2003-05-23 21:31:04 +00:00
2014-03-19 15:43:43 +00:00
Upon completion of this part of the tutorial, successful readers can expect
2014-03-15 16:11:10 +00:00
to have learned the following:
2003-05-23 21:31:04 +00:00
\begin { itemize}
2014-03-19 15:43:43 +00:00
\item The freedom-defending purpose of various terms in the GNU GPLv2 and GPLv3.
2003-05-23 21:31:04 +00:00
2014-02-20 14:21:18 +00:00
\item The differences between GPLv2 and GPLv3.
2003-05-23 21:31:04 +00:00
2014-02-20 14:21:18 +00:00
\item The redistribution options under the GPLv2 and GPLv3.
2014-03-15 16:11:10 +00:00
\item The obligations when modifying GPLv2'd or GPLv3'd software.
2003-05-23 21:31:04 +00:00
2014-03-15 16:11:10 +00:00
\item How to build a plan for proper and successful compliance with the GPL.
2003-05-23 21:31:04 +00:00
2014-03-15 16:11:10 +00:00
\item The business advantages that the GPL provides.
2003-05-23 21:31:04 +00:00
2014-03-15 16:11:10 +00:00
\item The most common business models used in conjunction with the GPL.
2003-05-23 21:31:04 +00:00
2014-03-15 16:11:10 +00:00
\item How existing GPL'd software can be used in existing enterprises.
2004-01-07 21:00:06 +00:00
2014-03-19 15:43:43 +00:00
\item The basics of LGPLv2.1 and LGPLv3, and how they
2014-02-20 14:21:18 +00:00
differs from the GPLv2 and GPLv3, respectively.
2004-01-07 21:00:06 +00:00
2014-03-15 16:11:10 +00:00
\item The basics to begin understanding the complexities regarding
derivative and combined works of software.
2003-05-23 21:31:04 +00:00
\end { itemize}
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% END OF ABSTRACTS SECTION
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% START OF DAY ONE COURSE
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
2014-02-20 17:12:14 +00:00
\chapter { What Is Software Freedom?}
2003-05-23 21:31:04 +00:00
2014-03-15 16:28:05 +00:00
Study of the GNU General Public License (herein, abbreviated as \defn { GNU
GPL} or just \defn { GPL} ) must begin by first considering the broader world
2014-03-19 16:22:32 +00:00
of software freedom. The GPL was not created in a vacuum. Rather, it was
2014-03-15 16:28:05 +00:00
created to embody and defend a set of principles that were set forth at the
founding of the GNU project and the Free Software Foundation (FSF) -- the
2014-03-19 16:22:32 +00:00
preeminent organization that upholds, defends and promotes the philosophy of software
freedom. A prerequisite for understanding both of the popular versions
of the GPL
2014-03-15 16:28:05 +00:00
(GPLv2 and GPLv3) and their terms and conditions is a basic understanding of
2014-03-19 16:22:32 +00:00
the principles behind them. The GPL family of licenses are unlike nearly all
2014-03-15 16:28:05 +00:00
other software licenses in that they are designed to defend and uphold these
principles.
2003-05-23 21:31:04 +00:00
\section { The Free Software Definition}
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
\label { Free Software Definition}
2003-05-23 21:31:04 +00:00
2014-03-15 16:28:05 +00:00
The Free Software Definition is set forth in full on FSF's website at
\verb 0http://fsf.org/0 \verb 0philosophy/free-sw.html0. This section presents
an abbreviated version that will focus on the parts that are most pertinent
to the GPL\@ .
2003-05-23 21:31:04 +00:00
2014-03-15 16:28:05 +00:00
A particular program grants software freedom to a particular user if that
user is granted the following freedoms:
2003-05-23 21:31:04 +00:00
\begin { itemize}
2014-03-15 21:22:18 +00:00
\item The freedom to run the program, for any purpose.
2003-05-23 21:31:04 +00:00
2014-03-15 16:28:05 +00:00
\item The freedom to study how the program works, and modify it
2003-05-23 21:31:04 +00:00
2014-03-15 16:28:05 +00:00
\item The freedom to redistribute copies.
\item The freedom to distribute copies of modified versions to others.
2003-05-23 21:31:04 +00:00
\end { itemize}
2014-03-15 16:28:05 +00:00
The focus on ``a particular user'' is particularly pertinent here. It is not
uncommon for the same version of a specific program to grant these freedoms
to some subset of its user base, while others have none or only some of these
freedoms. Section~\ref { Proprietary Relicensing} talks in detail about how
this can unfortunately happen even if a program is released under the GPL\@ .
Many people refer to software that gives these freedoms as ``Open Source.''
Besides having a different political focus than those who call it Free
Software,\footnote { The political differences between the Free Software
Movement and the Open Source Movement are documented on FSF's Web site at
{ \tt http://www.fsf.org/licensing/essays/free-software-for-freedom.html} .}
2014-03-19 16:22:32 +00:00
Those who call the software ``Open Source'' are often focused on a side
2014-03-15 16:28:05 +00:00
issue. Specifically, user access to the source code of a program is a
prerequisite to make use of the freedom to modify. However, the important
issue is what freedoms are granted in the license of that source code.
Software freedom is only complete when no restrictions are imposed on how
these freedoms are exercised. Specifically, users and programmers can
exercise these freedoms noncommercially or commercially. Licenses that grant
these freedoms for noncommercial activities but prohibit them for commercial
activities are considered non-free. Even the Open Source Initiative
(\defn { OSI} ) (the arbiter of what is considered ``Open Source'') also rules
2014-03-19 16:22:32 +00:00
such licenses not in fitting with its ``Open Source Definition''.
2003-05-26 19:06:48 +00:00
In general, software for which most or all of these freedoms are
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
restricted in any way is called ``non-Free Software.'' Typically, the
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
term ``proprietary software'' is used more or less interchangeably with
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
``non-Free Software.'' Personally, I tend to use the term ``non-Free
Software'' to refer to noncommercial software that restricts freedom
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
(such as ``shareware'') and ``proprietary software'' to refer to
2003-05-26 19:06:48 +00:00
commercial software that restricts freedom (such as nearly all of
Microsoft's and Oracle's offerings).
2014-03-15 16:28:37 +00:00
Keep in mind that the none of the terms ``software freedom'', ``open source''
2014-03-19 16:22:32 +00:00
and ``free software'' are known to be trademarked or otherwise legally
restricted by any organization in
2014-03-15 16:28:37 +00:00
any jurisdiction. As such, it's quite common that these terms are abused and
misused by parties who wish to bank on the popularity of software freedom.
When one considers using, modifying or redistributing a software package that
purports to be Open Source or Free Software, one \textbf { must} verify that
2014-03-19 16:22:32 +00:00
the license grants software freedom.
2014-03-15 16:28:37 +00:00
Furthermore, throughout this text, we generally prefer the term ``software
freedom'', as this is the least ambiguous term available to describe software
that meets the Free Software Definition. For example, it is well known and
often discussed that the adjective ``free'' has two unrelated meanings in
English: ``free as in freedom'' and ``free as in price''. Meanwhile, the
2014-03-19 16:22:32 +00:00
term ``open source'' is even more confusing, because it appears to refer only to the
2014-03-15 16:28:37 +00:00
``freedom to study'', which is merely a subset of one of the four freedoms.
The remainder of this section considers each of each component of software
freedom in detail.
2003-05-26 19:06:48 +00:00
2003-05-23 21:31:04 +00:00
\subsection { The Freedom to Run}
2014-03-20 12:40:28 +00:00
\label { freedom-to-run}
2003-05-23 21:31:04 +00:00
2014-03-19 16:22:32 +00:00
The first tenet of software freedom is the user's fully unfettered right to
2014-03-15 16:36:55 +00:00
run the program. The software's license must permit any conceivable use of
the software. Perhaps, for example, the user has discovered an innovative
use for a particular program, one that the programmer never could have
predicted. Such a use must not be restricted.
2003-05-23 21:31:04 +00:00
2003-05-26 19:06:48 +00:00
It was once rare that this freedom was restricted by even proprietary
2014-03-19 16:22:32 +00:00
software; but such is quite common today. Most End User License Agreements
2014-03-15 16:36:55 +00:00
(EULAs) that cover most proprietary software typically restrict some types of
uses. Such restrictions of any kind are an unacceptable restriction on
software freedom.
2003-05-26 19:06:48 +00:00
\subsection { The Freedom to Change and Modify}
2014-03-15 16:36:55 +00:00
Perhaps the most useful right of software freedom is the users' right to
change, modify and adapt the software to suit their needs. Access to the
source code and related build and installation scripts are an essential part
of this freedom. Without the source code, and the ability to build and
install the binary applications from that source, users cannot effectively
exercise this freedom.
2014-03-19 16:22:32 +00:00
Programmers directly benefit from this freedom. However, this freedom
2014-03-15 16:36:55 +00:00
remains important to users who are not programmers. While it may seem
counterintuitive at first, non-programmer users often exercise this freedom
indirectly in both commercial and noncommercial settings. For example, users
2014-03-19 16:22:32 +00:00
often seek noncommercial help with the software on email lists and in user
2014-03-15 16:36:55 +00:00
groups. To make use of such help they must either have the freedom to
recruit programmers who might altruistically assist them to modify their
software, or to at least follow rote instructions to make basic modifications
themselves.
More commonly, users also exercise this freedom commercially. Each user, or
group of users, may hire anyone they wish in a competitive free market to
modify and change the software. This means that companies have a right to
hire anyone they wish to modify their Free Software. Additionally, such
companies may contract with other companies to commission software
modification.
2003-05-26 19:06:48 +00:00
\subsection { The Freedom to Copy and Share}
2014-03-15 16:41:17 +00:00
Users share Free Software in a variety of ways. Software freedom advocates
work to eliminate a fundamental ethical dilemma of the software age: choosing
between obeying a software license and friendship (by giving away a copy of a
program to your friend who likes the software you are using). Licenses that
respect software freedom, therefore, permit altruistic sharing of software
among friends.
The commercial environment also benefits of this freedom. Commercial sharing
2014-03-19 16:22:32 +00:00
includes selling copies of Free Software: that is, Free Software can
2014-03-21 00:56:36 +00:00
be distributed for any monetary
2014-03-15 16:41:17 +00:00
price to anyone. Those who redistribute Free Software commercially also have
the freedom to selectively distribute (i.e., you can pick your customers) and
to set prices at any level that redistributor sees fit.
Of course, most people get copies of Free Software very cheaply (and
sometimes without charge). The competitive free market of Free Software
tends to keep prices low and reasonable. However, if someone is willing to
pay billions of dollars for one copy of the GNU Compiler Collection, such a
sale is completely permitted.
2003-05-26 19:06:48 +00:00
Another common instance of commercial sharing is service-oriented
2014-03-15 16:41:17 +00:00
distribution. For example, some distribution vendors provide immediate
security and upgrade distribution via a special network service. Such
distribution is not necessarily contradictory with software freedom.
2003-05-26 19:06:48 +00:00
2014-03-15 16:41:17 +00:00
(Section~\ref { Business Models} of this tutorial talks in detail about some
common Free Software business models that take advantage of the freedom to
share commercially.)
2003-05-29 19:47:01 +00:00
2003-05-26 19:06:48 +00:00
\subsection { The Freedom to Share Improvements}
The freedom to modify and improve is somewhat empty without the freedom to
2014-03-15 16:57:05 +00:00
share those improvements. The Software freedom community is built on the
2014-03-19 16:22:32 +00:00
pillar of altruistic sharing of improved Free Software. Historically
it was typical for a
Free Software project to sprout a mailing list where improvements
would be shared
2014-03-19 17:10:09 +00:00
freely among members of the development community\footnote { This is still
2014-03-19 16:22:32 +00:00
commonly the case, though today there are other or additional ways of
2014-03-19 17:10:09 +00:00
sharing Free Software.} . Such noncommercial
2014-03-15 16:57:05 +00:00
sharing is the primary reason that Free Software thrives.
2003-05-26 19:06:48 +00:00
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
Commercial sharing of modified Free Software is equally important.
For commercial support to exist in a competitive free market, all
2014-03-15 16:57:05 +00:00
developers -- from single-person contractors to large software
companies -- must have the freedom to market their services as
2014-03-21 00:56:36 +00:00
augmenters of Free Software. All forms of such service marketing must
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
be equally available to all.
2003-05-26 19:06:48 +00:00
For example, selling support services for Free Software is fully
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
permitted. Companies and individuals can offer themselves as ``the place
2014-03-15 16:57:05 +00:00
to call'' when software fails or does not function properly. For such a
service to be meaningful, the entity offering that service needs the
2003-05-26 19:06:48 +00:00
right to modify and improve the software for the customer to correct any
problems that are beyond mere user error.
2014-03-15 16:57:05 +00:00
Software freedom licenses also permit any entity to distribute modified
versions of Free Software. Most Free Software programs have a ``standard
version'' that is made available from the primary developers of the software.
However, all who have the software have the ``freedom to fork'' -- that is,
make available nontrivial modified versions of the software on a permanent or
semi-permanent basis. Such freedom is central to vibrant developer and user
interaction.
2003-05-26 19:06:48 +00:00
Companies and individuals have the right to make true value-added versions
2014-03-15 16:57:05 +00:00
of Free Software. They may use freedom to share improvements to
2003-05-26 19:06:48 +00:00
distribute distinct versions of Free Software with different functionality
2014-03-15 16:57:05 +00:00
and features. Furthermore, this freedom can be exercised to serve a
disenfranchised subset of the user community. If the developers of the
2003-05-29 19:47:01 +00:00
standard version refuse to serve the needs of some of the software's
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
users, other entities have the right to create a long- or short-lived fork
to serve that sub-community.
2003-05-26 19:06:48 +00:00
\section { How Does Software Become Free?}
2014-03-15 17:40:54 +00:00
The previous section set forth key freedoms and rights that are referred to
as ``software freedom''. This section discusses the licensing mechanisms
2014-03-21 18:39:37 +00:00
used to enable software freedom. These licensing mechanisms were ultimately
2014-03-15 17:40:54 +00:00
created as a community-oriented ``answer'' to the existing proprietary
software licensing mechanisms. Thus, first, consider carefully why
proprietary software exists in the first place.
Proprietary software exists at all only because it is governed by copyright
law.\footnote { This statement is admittedly an oversimplification. Patents and
trade secrets can cover software and make it effectively non-Free, and one
can contract away their rights and freedoms regarding software, or source
code can be practically obscured in binary-only distribution without
reliance on any legal system. However, the primary control mechanism for
software is copyright, and therefore this section focuses on how copyright
restrictions make software proprietary.} Copyright law, with respect to
software, typically governs copying, modifying, and redistributing that
software (For details of this in the USA, see
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
\href { http://www.copyright.gov/title17/92chap1.html#106} { \S ~106} and
\href { http://www.copyright.gov/title17/92chap1.html#117} { \S ~117} of
2014-03-15 17:40:54 +00:00
\href { http://www.law.cornell.edu/uscode/text/17} { Title 17} of the
\textit { United States Code} ).\footnote { Copyright law in general also governs
``public performance'' of copyrighted works. There is no generally agreed
definition for public performance of software and both GPLv2 and GPLv3 do
2014-03-19 16:22:32 +00:00
not restrict public performance.} By law (in the USA and in most other
2014-03-15 17:40:54 +00:00
jurisdictions), the copyright holder (most typically, the author) of the work controls
how others may copy, modify and/or distribute the work. For proprietary
software, these controls are used to prohibit these activities. In addition,
proprietary software distributors further impede modification in a practical
sense by distributing only binary code and keeping the source code of the
software secret.
2014-03-19 17:12:50 +00:00
Copyright is not a natural state, it is a legal construction. In the USA, the
2014-03-15 17:40:54 +00:00
Constitution permits, but does not require, the creation of copyright law as
2014-03-24 09:56:18 +00:00
federal legislation. Software, since it is an ``original work of authorship
2014-03-15 17:40:54 +00:00
fixed in any tangible medium of expression ... from which they can be
perceived, reproduced, or otherwise communicated, either directly or with the
aid of a machine or device'' (as stated in
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
\href { http://www.law.cornell.edu/uscode/text/17/102} { 17 USC \S ~102} ), is thus
2014-03-19 16:22:32 +00:00
covered by the statute, and is copyrighted by default.
2014-03-15 17:40:54 +00:00
However, software, in its natural state without copyright, is Free
Software. In an imaginary world with no copyright, the rules would be
different. In this world, when you received a copy of a program's source
code, there would be no default legal system to restrict you from sharing it
with others, making modifications, or redistributing those modified
2014-03-15 20:01:01 +00:00
versions.\footnote { Note that this is again an oversimplification; the
complexities with this argument are discussed in
Section~\ref { software-and-non-copyright} .}
Software in the real world is copyrighted by default and is automatically
covered by that legal system. However, it is possible to move software out
of the domain of the copyright system. A copyright holder can often
2014-03-19 17:13:39 +00:00
\defn { disclaim} their copyright. (For example, under USA copyright law
2014-03-19 16:22:32 +00:00
it is possible for a copyright holder to engage in conduct resulting
2014-03-19 17:13:39 +00:00
in abandonment of copyright.) If copyright is disclaimed, the software is
2014-03-19 16:22:32 +00:00
effectively no longer restricted by copyright law. Software not restricted by copyright is in the
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
``public domain.''
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
\subsection { Public Domain Software}
2014-03-15 20:01:01 +00:00
2014-03-19 16:33:21 +00:00
In the USA and other countries that
2014-03-19 17:38:21 +00:00
are parties to the Berne Convention on Copyright, software is copyrighted
2014-03-19 16:33:21 +00:00
automatically by the author when she fixes the software in a tangible
medium. In the software world, this usually means typing the source code
2014-02-20 13:33:59 +00:00
of the software into a file.
2014-03-21 18:56:43 +00:00
Imagine if authors could truly disclaim those default controls of copyright
2014-03-19 17:39:22 +00:00
law. If so, the software is in the public domain --- no longer covered by
2014-03-15 17:56:28 +00:00
copyright. Since copyright law is the construction allowing for most
restrictions on software (i.e., prohibition of copying, modification, and
redistribution), removing the software from the copyright system usually
yields software freedom for its users.
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
2014-03-19 16:33:21 +00:00
Carefully note that software truly in the public domain is \emph { not} licensed
2014-03-19 17:39:22 +00:00
in any way. It is confusing to say software is ``licensed for the
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
public domain,'' or any phrase that implies the copyright holder gave
2014-03-19 16:33:21 +00:00
express permission to take actions governed by copyright law.
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
2014-03-19 16:33:21 +00:00
Copyright holders who state that they are releasing their code into
the public domain are effectively renouncing copyright controls on
2014-03-19 17:38:07 +00:00
the work. The law gave the copyright holders exclusive controls over the
2014-03-19 16:33:21 +00:00
work, and they chose to waive those controls. Software that is, in
this sense, in the public domain
is conceptualized by the developer as having no copyright and thus no license. The software freedoms discussed in
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
Section~\ref { Free Software Definition} are all granted because there is no
legal system in play to take them away.
2014-03-15 20:01:01 +00:00
Admittedly, a discussion of public domain software is an oversimplified
2014-03-19 16:33:21 +00:00
example.
2014-03-15 20:01:01 +00:00
Because copyright controls are usually automatically granted and because, in
2014-03-19 17:39:22 +00:00
some jurisdictions, some copyright controls cannot be waived (see
2014-03-15 20:01:01 +00:00
Section~\ref { non-usa-copyright} for further discussion), many copyright
holders sometimes incorrectly believe a work has been placed in the public
domain. Second, due to aggressive lobbying by the entertainment industry,
the ``exclusive Right'' of copyright, that was supposed to only exist for
``Limited Times'' according to the USA Constitution, appears to be infinite:
simply purchased on the installment plan rather than in whole. Thus, we must
assume no works of software will fall into the public domain merely due to
the passage of time.
2014-03-19 17:37:24 +00:00
Nevertheless, under USA law it is likely that the typical
2014-03-19 16:33:21 +00:00
disclaimers of copyright or public domain dedications we see in the
Free Software world would be interpreted by courts as copyright
abandonment, leading to a situation in which the user effectively receives a
maximum grant of copyright freedoms, similar to a maximally-permissive
Free Software license.
The best example of software known to truly be in the public domain is software
2014-03-19 17:37:24 +00:00
that is published by the USA government. Under
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
\href { http://www.law.cornell.edu/uscode/text/17/105} { 17 USC 101 \S ~105} , all
2014-03-19 17:37:24 +00:00
works published by the USA Government are not copyrightable in the USA.
2014-03-15 17:56:28 +00:00
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
\subsection { Why Copyright Free Software?}
If simply disclaiming copyright on software yields Free Software, then it
stands to reason that putting software into the public domain is the
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
easiest and most straightforward way to produce Free Software. Indeed,
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
some major Free Software projects have chosen this method for making their
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
software Free. However, most of the Free Software in existence \emph { is}
copyrighted. In most cases (particularly in those of FSF and the GNU
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
Project), this was done due to very careful planning.
Software released into the public domain does grant freedom to those users
2003-05-29 19:47:01 +00:00
who receive the standard versions on which the original author disclaimed
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
copyright. However, since the work is not copyrighted, any nontrivial
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
modification made to the work is fully copyrightable.
Free Software released into the public domain initially is Free, and
perhaps some who modify the software choose to place their work into the
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
public domain as well. However, over time, some entities will choose to
proprietarize their modified versions. The public domain body of software
feeds the proprietary software. The public commons disappears, because
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
fewer and fewer entities have an incentive to contribute back to the
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
commons. They know that any of their competitors can proprietarize their
enhancements. Over time, almost no interesting work is left in the public
2003-05-29 19:47:01 +00:00
domain, because nearly all new work is done by proprietarization.
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
A legal mechanism is needed to redress this problem. FSF was in fact
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
originally created primarily as a legal entity to defend software freedom,
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
and that work of defending software freedom is a substantial part of
its work today. Specifically because of this ``embrace, proprietarize and
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
extend'' cycle, FSF made a conscious choice to copyright its Free Software,
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
and then license it under ``copyleft'' terms. Many, including the
2003-05-29 23:44:11 +00:00
developers of the kernel named Linux, have chosen to follow this paradigm.
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
2014-03-15 21:34:31 +00:00
\label { copyleft-definition}
Copyleft is a legal strategy and mechanism to defend, uphold and propagate software
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
freedom. The basic technique of copyleft is as follows: copyright the
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
software, license it under terms that give all the software freedoms, but
use the copyright law controls to ensure that all who receive a copy of
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
the software have equal rights and freedom. In essence, copyleft grants
freedom, but forbids others to forbid that freedom to anyone else along
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
the distribution and modification chains.
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
Copyleft is a general concept. Much like ideas for what a computer might
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
do must be \emph { implemented} by a program that actually does the job, so
too must copyleft be implemented in some concrete legal structure.
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
``Share and share alike'' is a phrase that is used often enough to explain the
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
concept behind copyleft, but to actually make it work in the real world, a
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
true implementation in legal text must exist. The GPL is the primary
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
implementation of copyleft in copyright licensing language.
2014-03-15 20:30:45 +00:00
\subsection { Software and Non-Copyright Legal Regimes}
\label { software-and-non-copyright}
The use, modification and distribution of software, like many endeavors,
simultaneously interacts with multiple different legal regimes. As was noted
early via footnotes, copyright is merely the \textit { most common way} to
restrict users' rights to copy, share, modify and/or redistribute software.
However, proprietary software licenses typically use every mechanism
available to subjugate users. For example:
\begin { itemize}
\item Unfortunately, despite much effort by many in the software freedom
community to end patents that read on software (i.e., patents on
computational ideas), they still ultimately exist. As such, a software
program might otherwise be seemly unrestricted, but a patent might read on
the software and ruin everything for its users.\footnote { See
2014-03-16 23:34:32 +00:00
\S \S ~\ref { gpl-implied-patent-grant} ,~\ref { GPLv2s7} ,~\ref { GPLv3s11} for more
2014-03-15 20:30:45 +00:00
discussion on how the patent system interacts with copyleft, and read
Richard M.~Stallman's essay,
\href { http://www.wired.com/opinion/2012/11/richard-stallman-software-patents/} { \textit { Let’ s
Limit the Effect of Software Patents, Since We Can’ t Eliminate Them} }
for more information on the problems these patents present to society.}
2014-03-15 20:43:19 +00:00
\item Digital Restrictions Management (usually called \defn { DRM} ) is often
used to impose technological restrictions on users' ability to exercise
software freedom that they might otherwise be granted\footnote { See
2014-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
\S ~\ref { GPLv3-drm} for more information on how GPL deals with this issue.} .
2014-03-15 20:43:19 +00:00
The simplest (and perhaps oldest) form of DRM, of course, is separating
software source code (read by humans), from their compiled binaries (read
only by computers). Furthermore,
2014-03-20 13:34:29 +00:00
\href { http://www.law.cornell.edu/uscode/text/17/1201} { 17 USC~\S 1201} often
2014-03-15 20:43:19 +00:00
prohibits users legally from circumventing some of these DRM systems.
2014-03-15 20:30:45 +00:00
2014-03-15 20:43:34 +00:00
\item Most EULAs also include a contractual agreement that bind users further
by forcing them to agree to a contractual, prohibitive software license
before ever even using the software.
\end { itemize}
2014-03-15 20:30:45 +00:00
2014-03-15 21:01:59 +00:00
Thus, most proprietary software restricts users via multiple interlocking
legal and technological means. Any license that truly respect the software
freedom of all users must not only grant appropriate copyright permissions,
but also \textit { prevent} restrictions from other legal and technological
means like those listed above.
2014-03-15 20:01:41 +00:00
\subsection { Non-USA Copyright Regimes}
\label { non-usa-copyright}
Generally speaking, copyright law operates similarly enough in countries that
have signed the Berne Convention on Copyright, and software freedom licenses
have generally taken advantage of this international standardization of
copyright law. However, copyright law does differ from country to country,
2014-03-21 19:07:37 +00:00
and commonly, software freedom licenses like the GPL must be considered under the
2014-03-15 20:01:41 +00:00
copyright law in the jurisdiction where any licensing dispute occurs.
Those who are most familiar with the USA's system of copyright often are
surprised to learn that there are certain copyright controls that cannot be
2014-03-15 21:21:37 +00:00
waived nor disclaimed. Specifically, many copyright regimes outside the USA
recognize a concept of moral rights of authors. Typically, moral rights are
2014-03-15 21:23:51 +00:00
fully compatible with respecting software freedom, as they are usually
2014-03-15 21:21:37 +00:00
centered around controls that software freedom licenses generally respect,
such as the right of an authors to require proper attribution for their work.
2014-03-15 20:01:41 +00:00
2014-02-20 13:38:07 +00:00
\section { A Community of Equality}
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
2014-03-15 21:44:06 +00:00
The previous section described the principles of software freedom, a brief
introduction to mechanisms that typically block these freedoms, and the
simplest ways that copyright holders might grant those freedoms to their
users for their copyrighted works of software. The previous section also
introduced the idea of \textit { copyleft} : a licensing mechanism to use
copyright to not only grant software freedom to users, but also to uphold
those rights against those who might seek to curtail them.
2014-03-21 19:10:05 +00:00
Copyleft, as defined in \S ~\ref { copyleft-definition} , is a general term for this
2014-03-15 21:44:06 +00:00
mechanism. The remainder of this text will discuss details of various
real-world implementations of copyleft -- most notably, the GPL\@ .
This discussion begins first with some general explanation of what the GPL is
able to do in software development communities. After that brief discussion
in this section, deeper discussion of how GPL accomplishes this in practice
follows in the next chapter.
2014-03-21 19:11:09 +00:00
Simply put, though, the GPL ultimately creates a community of equality for
2014-03-15 21:44:06 +00:00
both business and noncommercial users.
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
2014-02-20 13:38:07 +00:00
\subsection { The Noncommercial Community}
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
A GPL'd code base becomes a center of a vibrant development and user
2014-03-15 22:41:07 +00:00
community. Traditionally, volunteers, operating noncommercially out of
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
keen interest or ``scratch an itch'' motivations, produce initial versions
2014-03-15 22:41:07 +00:00
of a GPL'd system. Because of the efficient distribution channels of the
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
Internet, any useful GPL'd system is adopted quickly by noncommercial
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
users.
Fundamentally, the early release and quick distribution of the software
2014-03-15 22:41:07 +00:00
gives birth to a thriving noncommercial community. Users and developers
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
begin sharing bug reports and bug fixes across a shared intellectual
2014-03-15 22:41:07 +00:00
commons. Users can trust the developers, because they know that if the
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
developers fail to address their needs or abandon the project, the GPL
ensures that someone else has the right to pick up development.
Developers know that the users cannot redistribute their software without
2014-03-21 19:12:38 +00:00
passing along the rights granted by the GPL, so they are assured that every
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
one of their users is treated equally.
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
Because of the symmetry and fairness inherent in GPL'd distribution,
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
nearly every GPL'd package in existence has a vibrant noncommercial user
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
and developer base.
2014-02-20 13:38:07 +00:00
\subsection { The Commercial Community}
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
By the same token, nearly all established GPL'd software systems have a
2014-03-15 22:45:11 +00:00
vibrant commercial community. Nearly every GPL'd system that has gained
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
wide adoption from noncommercial users and developers eventually begins
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
to fuel a commercial system around that software.
For example, consider the Samba file server system that allows Unix-like
systems (including GNU/Linux) to serve files to Microsoft Windows systems.
Two graduate students originally developed Samba in their spare time and
2014-03-15 22:41:26 +00:00
it was deployed noncommercially in academic environments\footnote { See
\href { http://turtle.ee.ncku.edu.tw/docs/samba/history} { Andrew Tridgell's
2014-03-16 20:20:18 +00:00
``A bit of history and a bit of fun''} } . However, very
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
soon for-profit companies discovered that the software could work for them
as well, and their system administrators began to use it in place of
2014-03-15 22:45:11 +00:00
Microsoft Windows NT file-servers. This served to lower the cost of
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
running such servers by orders of magnitude. There was suddenly room in
2014-03-15 22:45:11 +00:00
Windows file-server budgets to hire contractors to improve Samba. Some of
2003-05-29 23:44:11 +00:00
the first people hired to do such work were those same two graduate
students who originally developed the software.
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
The noncommercial users, however, were not concerned when these two
2014-03-15 22:45:11 +00:00
fellows began collecting paychecks off of their GPL'd work. They knew
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
that because of the nature of the GPL that improvements that were
distributed in the commercial environment could easily be folded back into
2014-03-15 22:45:11 +00:00
the standard version. Companies are not permitted to proprietarize
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
Samba, so the noncommercial users, and even other commercial users are
2014-03-21 19:14:35 +00:00
safe in the knowledge that the software freedom ensured by the GPL will remain
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
protected.
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
Commercial developers also work in concert with noncommercial
2014-03-15 22:45:11 +00:00
developers. Those two now-long-since graduated students continue to
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
contribute to Samba altruistically, but also get paid work doing it.
Priorities change when a client is in the mix, but all the code is
2014-03-15 22:45:11 +00:00
contributed back to the standard version. Meanwhile, many other
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
individuals have gotten involved noncommercially as developers,
because they want to ``cut their teeth on Free Software,'' or because
2014-03-15 22:45:11 +00:00
the problems interest them. When they get good at it, perhaps they
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
will move on to another project, or perhaps they will become
commercial developers of the software themselves.
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
No party is a threat to another in the GPL software scenario because
2014-03-15 22:45:11 +00:00
everyone is on equal ground. The GPL protects rights of the commercial
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
and noncommercial contributors and users equally. The GPL creates trust,
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
because it is a level playing field for all.
\subsection { Law Analogy}
In his introduction to Stallman's \emph { Free Software, Free Society} ,
Lawrence Lessig draws an interesting analogy between the law and Free
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
Software. He argues that the laws of a free society must be protected
2014-03-15 22:45:11 +00:00
much like the GPL protects software. So that I might do true justice to
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
Lessig's argument, I quote it verbatim:
\begin { quotation}
A ``free society'' is regulated by law. But there are limits that any free
society places on this regulation through law: No society that kept its
2014-03-15 22:45:11 +00:00
laws secret could ever be called free. No government that hid its
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
regulations from the regulated could ever stand in our tradition. Law
2014-03-15 22:45:11 +00:00
controls. But it does so justly only when visibly. And law is visible
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
only when its terms are knowable and controllable by those it regulates,
or by the agents of those it regulates (lawyers, legislatures).
2014-03-15 22:45:11 +00:00
This condition on law extends beyond the work of a legislature. Think
about the practice of law in American courts. Lawyers are hired by their
clients to advance their clients' interests. Sometimes that interest is
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
advanced through litigation. In the course of this litigation, lawyers
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
write briefs. These briefs in turn affect opinions written by judges.
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
These opinions decide who wins a particular case, or whether a certain law
can stand consistently with a constitution.
All the material in this process is free in the sense that Stallman means.
2014-03-15 22:45:11 +00:00
Legal briefs are open and free for others to use. The arguments are
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
transparent (which is different from saying they are good), and the
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
reasoning can be taken without the permission of the original lawyers.
2014-03-15 22:45:11 +00:00
The opinions they produce can be quoted in later briefs. They can be
copied and integrated into another brief or opinion. The ``source code''
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
for American law is by design, and by principle, open and free for anyone
to take. And take lawyers do---for it is a measure of a great brief that
2014-03-15 22:45:11 +00:00
it achieves its creativity through the reuse of what happened before. The
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
source is free; creativity and an economy is built upon it.
This economy of free code (and here I mean free legal code) doesn't starve
2014-03-15 22:45:11 +00:00
lawyers. Law firms have enough incentive to produce great briefs even
though the stuff they build can be taken and copied by anyone else. The
lawyer is a craftsman; his or her product is public. Yet the crafting is
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
not charity. Lawyers get paid; the public doesn't demand such work
2014-03-15 22:45:11 +00:00
without price. Instead this economy flourishes, with later work added to
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
the earlier.
2014-03-15 22:45:11 +00:00
We could imagine a legal practice that was different --- briefs and
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
arguments that were kept secret; rulings that announced a result but not
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
the reasoning. Laws that were kept by the police but published to no one
else. Regulation that operated without explaining its rule.
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
We could imagine this society, but we could not imagine calling it
``free.'' Whether or not the incentives in such a society would be better
or more efficiently allocated, such a society could not be known as free.
The ideals of freedom, of life within a free society, demand more than
2014-03-15 22:45:11 +00:00
efficient application. Instead, openness and transparency are the
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
constraints within which a legal system gets built, not options to be
2014-03-15 22:45:11 +00:00
added if convenient to the leaders. Life governed by software code should
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
be no less.
2014-03-15 22:45:11 +00:00
Code writing is not litigation. It is better, richer, more
productive. But the law is an obvious instance of how creativity and
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
incentives do not depend upon perfect control over the products
2014-03-15 22:45:11 +00:00
created. Like jazz, or novels, or architecture, the law gets built
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
upon the work that went before. This adding and changing is what
2014-03-15 22:45:11 +00:00
creativity always is. And a free society is one that assures that its
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
most important resources remain free in just this sense.\footnote { This
quotation is Copyright \copyright { } 2002, Lawrence Lessig. It is
licensed under the terms of
2014-03-15 22:45:11 +00:00
\href { http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/1.0/} { the ``Attribution
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
License'' version 1.0} or any later version as published by Creative
Commons.}
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
\end { quotation}
In essence, lawyers are paid to service the shared commons of legal
2014-03-15 22:45:11 +00:00
infrastructure. Few citizens defend themselves in court or write their
2003-05-29 19:47:01 +00:00
own briefs (even though they are legally permitted to do so) because
everyone would prefer to have an expert do that job.
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
2014-03-15 22:45:11 +00:00
The Free Software economy is a market ripe for experts. It
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
functions similarly to other well established professional fields like the
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
law. The GPL, in turn, serves as the legal scaffolding that permits the
creation of this vibrant commercial and noncommercial Free Software
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
economy.
2014-02-20 13:41:14 +00:00
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\chapter { A Tale of Two Copyleft Licenses}
2014-03-18 22:43:21 +00:00
\label { tale-of-two-copylefts}
2014-02-20 13:41:14 +00:00
2014-03-16 19:11:17 +00:00
While determining the proper methodology and criteria to yield an accurate
count remains difficult, the GPL is generally considered one of the most
widely used Free Software licenses. For most of its history --- for 16 years
from June 1991 to June 2007 --- there was really only one version of the GPL,
version 2.
However, the GPL had both earlier versions before version 2, and, more well
known, a revision to version 3.
2014-02-20 13:41:14 +00:00
\section { Historical Motivations for the General Public License}
2014-03-16 19:11:17 +00:00
The earliest license to grant software freedom was likely the Berkeley
Software Distribution (``BSD'') license. This license is typical of what are
often called lax, highly permissive licenses. Not unlike software in the
public domain, these non-copyleft licenses (usually) grant software freedom
to users, but they do not go to any effort to uphold that software freedom
for users. The so-called ``downstream'' (those who receive the software and
then build new things based on that software) can restrict the software and
distribute further.
The GNU's Not Unix (``GNU'') project, which Richard M.~Stallman (``RMS'')
founded in 1984 to make a complete Unix-compatible operating system
implementation that assured software freedom for all. However, RMS saw that
using a license that gave but did not assure software freedom would be
counter to the goals of the GNU project. RMS invented ``copyleft'' as an
answer to that problem, and began using various copyleft licenses for the
early GNU project programs\footnote { RMS writes more fully about this topic in
his essay entitled simply
2014-03-16 20:20:18 +00:00
\href { http://www.gnu.org/gnu/thegnuproject.html} { \textit { The GNU Project} } .
2014-03-16 19:11:17 +00:00
For those who want to hear the story in his own voice,
\href { http://audio-video.gnu.org/audio/} { speech recordings} of his talk,
\textit { The Free Software Movement and the GNU/Linux Operating System}
are also widely available} .
2014-02-20 13:41:14 +00:00
\section { Proto-GPLs And Their Impact}
2014-03-21 02:01:07 +00:00
%FIXME-LATER: bad line break:
%\href{http://www.free-soft.org/gpl_history/emacs_gpl.html}{The Emacs
% General Public License}
2014-03-16 19:11:17 +00:00
The earliest copyleft licenses were specific to various GNU programs. For
2014-03-21 02:01:07 +00:00
example, The Emacs
General Public License was likely the first copyleft license ever
2014-03-16 19:11:17 +00:00
published. Interesting to note that even this earliest copyleft license
contains a version of the well-known GPL copyleft clause:
\begin { quotation}
You may modify your copy or copies of GNU Emacs \ldots provided that you also
\ldots cause the whole of any work that you distribute or publish, that in
whole or in part contains or is a derivative of GNU Emacs or any part
thereof, to be licensed at no charge to all third parties on terms identical
to those contained in this License Agreement.
\end { quotation}
This simply stated clause is the fundamental innovation of copyleft.
Specifically, copyleft \textit { uses} the copyright holders' controls on
permission to modify the work to add a conditional requirement. Namely,
downstream users may only have permission to modify the work if they pass
along the same permissions on the modified version that came originally to
them.
These original program-specific proto-GPLs give an interesting window into
the central ideas and development of copyleft. In particular, reviewing them
shows how the text of the GPL we know has evolved to address more of the
issues discussed earlier in \S ~\ref { software-and-non-copyright} .
2014-02-20 13:41:14 +00:00
\section { The GNU General Public License, Version 1}
2014-03-16 23:34:32 +00:00
\label { GPLv1}
2014-02-20 13:41:14 +00:00
2014-03-16 19:26:04 +00:00
In January 1989, the FSF announced that the GPL had been converted into a
``subroutine'' that could be reused not just for all FSF-copyrighted
programs, but also by anyone else. As the FSF claimed in its announcement of
the GPLv1\footnote { The announcement of GPLv1 was published in the
2014-03-16 20:20:18 +00:00
\href { http://www.gnu.org/bulletins/bull6.html\# SEC8} { GNU'S Bulletin, vol 1,
number 6 dated January 1989} . (Thanks very much to Andy Tai for his
2014-03-16 19:26:04 +00:00
\href { http://www.free-soft.org/gpl_ history/} { consolidation of research on
2014-03-16 20:20:18 +00:00
the history of the pre-v1 GPL's} .)} :
2014-03-16 19:26:04 +00:00
\begin { quotation}
To make it easier to copyleft programs, we have been improving on the
legalbol architecture of the General Public License to produce a new version
that serves as a general-purpose subroutine: it can apply to any program
without modification, no matter who is publishing it.
\end { quotation}
This, like many inventive ideas, seems somewhat obvious in retrospect. But,
the FSF had some bright people and access to good lawyers when it started.
It took almost five years from the first copyleft licenses to get to a
generalized, reusable GPLv1. In the context and mindset of the 1980s, this
is not surprising. The idea of reusable licensing infrastructure was not
only uncommon, it was virtually nonexistent! Even the early BSD licenses
were simply copied and rewritten slightly for each new use\footnote { It
remains an interesting accident of history that the early BSD problematic
``advertising clause'' (discussion of which is somewhat beyond the scope of
this tutorial) lives on into current day, simply because while the
University of California at Berkeley gave unilateral permission to remove
the clause from \textit { its} copyrighted works, others who adapted the BSD
license with their own names in place of UC-Berkeley's never have.} . The
2014-03-21 00:56:36 +00:00
GPLv1's innovation of reusable licensing infrastructure, an obvious fact
2014-03-16 19:26:04 +00:00
today, was indeed a novel invention for its day\footnote { We're all just
grateful that the FSF also opposes business method patents, since the FSF's
patent on a ``method for reusable licensing infrastructure'' would have
not expired until 2006!} .
2014-02-20 13:41:14 +00:00
\section { The GNU General Public License, Version 2}
2014-03-16 20:21:17 +00:00
The GPLv2 was released two and a half years after GPLv1, and over the
following sixteen years, it became the standard for copyleft licensing until
the release of GPLv3 in 2007 (discussed in more detail in the next section).
While this tutorial does not discuss the terms of GPLv1 in detail, it is
worth noting below the three key changes that GPLv2 brought:
\begin { itemize}
\item Software patents and their danger are explicitly mentioned, inspiring
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
(in part) the addition of GPLv2~\S \S 5--7. (These sections are discussed in
2014-03-16 20:21:17 +00:00
detail in \S ~\ref { GPLv2s5} , \S ~\ref { GPLv2s6} and \S ~\ref { GPLv2s7} of this
tutorial.)
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
\item GPLv2~\S 2's copyleft terms are expanded to more explicitly discuss the
issue of combined works. (GPLv2~\S 2 is discussed in detail in
2014-03-16 20:21:17 +00:00
\S ~\ref { GPLv2s2} in this tutorial).
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
\item GPLv2~\S 3 includes more detailed requirements, including the phrase
2014-03-16 20:21:17 +00:00
``the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the
executable'', which is a central component of current GPLv2 enforcement
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
. (GPLv2~\S 3 is discussed in detail in
2014-03-16 20:21:17 +00:00
\S ~\ref { GPLv2s3} in this tutorial).
\end { itemize}
The next chapter discusses GPLv2 in full detail, and readers who wish to dive
into the section-by-section discussion of the GPL should jump ahead now to
that chapter. However, the most interesting fact to note here is how GPLv2
was published with little fanfare and limited commentary. This contrasts
greatly with the creation of GPLv3.
2014-02-20 13:41:14 +00:00
\section { The GNU General Public License, Version 3}
2014-03-16 21:20:53 +00:00
RMS began drafting GPLv2.2 in mid-2002, and FSF ran a few discussion groups
during that era about new text of that license. However, rampant violations
of the GPL required more immediate attention of FSF's licensing staff, and as
such, much of the early 2000's was spent doing GPL enforcement
work\footnote { More on GPL enforcement is discussed in \tutorialpartsplit { a
2014-03-20 12:47:41 +00:00
companion tutorial, \textit { A Practical Guide to GPL
2014-03-16 21:20:53 +00:00
Compliance} } { Part~\ref { gpl-compliance-guide} of this tutorial} .} . In
2006, FSF began in earnest drafting work for GPLv3.
The GPLv3 process began in earnest in January 2006. It became clear that
many provisions of the GPL could benefit from modification to fit new
circumstances and to reflect what the entire community learned from
experience with version 2. Given the scale of revision it seems proper to
approach the work through public discussion in a transparent and accessible
manner.
The GPLv3 process continued through June 2007, culminating in publication of
GPLv3 and LGPLv3 on 29 June 2007, AGPLv3 on 19 November 2007, and the GCC
Runtime Library Exception on 27 January 2009.
All told, four discussion drafts of GPLv3, two discussion drafts of LGPLv3
and two discussion drafts of AGPLv3 were published and discussed.
Ultimately, FSF remained the final arbiter and publisher of the licenses, and
RMS himself their primary author, but input was sought from many parties, and
these licenses do admittedly look and read more like legislation as a result.
Nevertheless, all of the ``v3'' group are substantially better and improved
licenses.
2014-03-16 21:23:13 +00:00
GPLv3 and its terms are discussed in detail in Chapter\~ ref{ GPLv3} .
2014-02-20 13:41:14 +00:00
\section { The Innovation of Optional ``Or Any Later'' Version}
2014-03-21 19:31:49 +00:00
An interesting fact of all GPL licenses is that there are ultimately multiple
2014-03-16 22:00:34 +00:00
choices for use of the license. The FSF is the primary steward of GPL (as
2014-03-21 00:34:02 +00:00
discussed later in \S ~\ref { GPLv2s9} and \S ~\ref { GPLv3s14} ). However, those
2014-03-16 22:00:34 +00:00
who wish to license works under GPL are not required to automatically accept
changes made by the FSF for their own copyrighted works.
Each licensor may chose three different methods of licensing, as follows:
\begin { itemize}
\item explicitly name a single version of GPL for their work (usually
indicated in shorthand by saying the license is ``GPLv$ X $ -only''), or
\item name no version of the GPL, thus they allow their downstream recipients
2014-03-21 19:32:40 +00:00
to select any version of the GPL they choose (usually indicated in shorthand
2014-03-16 22:00:34 +00:00
by saying the license is simply ``GPL''), or
\item name a specific version of GPL and give downstream recipients the
2014-03-21 19:33:08 +00:00
option to choose that version ``or any later version as published by the
2014-03-16 22:00:34 +00:00
FSF'' (usually indicated by saying the license is
``GPLv$ X $ -or-later'')\footnote { The shorthand of ``GPL$ X + $ '' is also popular
for this situation. The authors of this tutorial prefer ``-or-later''
syntax, because it (a) mirrors the words ``or'' and ``later from the
licensing statement, (b) the $ X + $ doesn't make it abundantly clear that
$ X $ is clearly included as a license option and (c) the $ + $ symbol has
other uses in computing (such as with regular expressions) that mean
something different.}
\end { itemize}
\label { license-compatibility-first-mentioned}
Oddly, this flexibility has received (in the opinion of the authors, undue)
criticism, primarily because of the complex and oft-debated notion of
``license compatibility'' (which is explained in detail in
\S ~\ref { license-compatibility} ). Copyleft licenses are generally
incompatible with each other, because the details of how they implement
copyleft differs. Specifically, copyleft works only because of its
2014-03-16 23:34:36 +00:00
requirement that downstream licensors use the \textit { same} license for
2014-03-16 22:00:34 +00:00
combined and modified works. As such, software licensed under the terms of
``GPLv2-only'' cannot be combined with works licensed ``GPLv3-or-later''.
This is admittedly a frustrating outcome.
Other copyleft licenses that appeared after GPL, such
as the Creative Commons ``Share Alike'' licenses, the Eclipse Public License
2014-03-21 00:56:36 +00:00
and the Mozilla Public License \textbf { require} all copyright holders choosing
2014-03-16 22:00:34 +00:00
to use any version of those licenses to automatically accept and relicense
their copyrighted works under new versions. Of course ,Creative Commons, the
Eclipse Foundation, and the Mozilla Foundation (like the FSF) have generally
served as excellent stewards of their licenses. Copyright holders using
2014-03-21 19:56:37 +00:00
those licenses seems to find it acceptable to fully delegate all future
2014-03-16 22:00:34 +00:00
licensing decisions for their copyrights to these organizations without a
second thought.
However, note that FSF gives herein the control of copyright holders to
decide whether or not to implicitly trust the FSF in its work of drafting
future GPL versions. The FSF, for its part, does encourage copyright holders
to chose by default ``GPLv$ X $ -or-later'' (where $ X $ is the most recent
version of the GPL published by the FSF). However, the FSF \textbf { does not
mandate} that a choice to use any GPL requires a copyright holder ceding
its authority for future licensing decisions to the FSF. In fact, the FSF
considered this possibility for GPLv3 and chose not to do so, instead opting
for the third-party steward designation clause discussed in
2014-03-20 14:11:47 +00:00
Section~\ref { GPLv3s14} .
2014-03-16 21:23:13 +00:00
2014-02-20 13:41:14 +00:00
\section { Complexities of Two Simultaneously Popular Copylefts}
2014-03-16 23:30:53 +00:00
Obviously most GPL advocates would prefer widespread migration to GPLv3, and
many newly formed projects who seek a copyleft license tend to choose a
GPLv3-based license. However, many existing copylefted projects continue
with GPLv2-only or GPLv2-or-later as their default license.
While GPLv3 introduces many improvements --- many of which were designed to
increase adoption by for-profit companies --- GPLv2 remains a widely used and
extremely popular license. The GPLv2 is, no doubt, a good and useful
license.
2014-03-21 20:00:19 +00:00
However, unlike GPLv1 before it,
2014-03-21 20:01:16 +00:00
GPLv2 remains an integral part of the copyleft licensing infrastructure. As such, those who seek to have expertise in current
2014-03-16 23:30:53 +00:00
topics of copyleft licensing need to study both the GPLv2 and GPLv3 family of
licenses.
2014-03-21 20:01:39 +00:00
Furthermore, GPLv3 is more easily understood by first studying GPLv2.
2014-03-16 23:30:53 +00:00
This is not only because of their chronological order, but also because much
of the discussion material available for GPLv3 tends to talk about GPLv3 in
contrast to GPLv2. As such, a strong understanding of GPLv2 helps in
understanding most of the third-party material found regarding GPLv3. Thus,
the following chapter begins a deep discussion of GPLv2.
2014-03-16 21:20:53 +00:00
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
2014-03-20 14:12:30 +00:00
\chapter { Running Software and Verbatim Copying}
2004-02-12 21:08:33 +00:00
\label { run-and-verbatim}
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
2003-05-28 23:01:46 +00:00
This chapter begins the deep discussion of the details of the terms of
2014-02-20 14:21:18 +00:00
GPLv2\@ . In this chapter, we consider the first two sections: GPLv2 \S \S
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
0--2. These are the straightforward sections of the GPL that define the
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
simplest rights that the user receives.
2003-05-28 23:01:46 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
\section { GPLv2~\S 0: Freedom to Run}
2014-03-16 23:34:32 +00:00
\label { GPLv2s0}
2003-05-28 23:01:46 +00:00
2014-03-21 20:02:59 +00:00
GPLv2~\S 0, the opening section of GPLv2, sets forth that copyright law governs
2014-03-18 20:34:56 +00:00
the work. It specifically points out that it is the ``copyright
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
holder'' who decides if a work is licensed under its terms and explains
2003-05-28 23:01:46 +00:00
how the copyright holder might indicate this fact.
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
A bit more subtly, GPLv2~\S 0 makes an inference that copyright law is the only
2014-03-18 20:34:56 +00:00
system that can restrict the software. Specifically, it states:
2003-05-28 23:01:46 +00:00
\begin { quote}
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
covered by this License; they are outside its scope.
\end { quote}
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
In essence, the license governs \emph { only} those activities, and all other
2014-02-20 14:21:18 +00:00
activities are unrestricted, provided that no other agreements trump GPLv2
2014-03-18 20:34:56 +00:00
(which they cannot; see Sections~\ref { GPLv2s6} and~\ref { GPLv2s7} ). This is
2003-05-28 23:01:46 +00:00
very important, because the Free Software community heavily supports
users' rights to ``fair use'' and ``unregulated use'' of copyrighted
2014-03-18 20:34:56 +00:00
material. GPLv2 asserts through this clause that it supports users' rights
2003-05-28 23:01:46 +00:00
to fair and unregulated uses.
2014-03-18 20:34:56 +00:00
Fair use (called ``fair dealing'' in some jurisdictions) of copyrighted
material is an established legal doctrine that permits certain activities
2014-03-21 20:04:18 +00:00
regardless of whether copyright law would otherwise restrict those activities.
2014-03-18 20:34:56 +00:00
Discussion of the various types of fair use activity are beyond the scope of
this tutorial. However, one important example of fair use is the right to
2014-03-21 20:05:43 +00:00
quote portions of the text in a larger work so as to criticize or suggest
changes. This fair use right is commonly used on mailing lists when
2014-03-18 20:39:07 +00:00
discussing potential improvements or changes to Free Software.
2003-05-28 23:01:46 +00:00
2014-03-18 20:39:07 +00:00
Fair use is a doctrine established by the courts or by statute. By
2003-05-28 23:01:46 +00:00
contrast, unregulated uses are those that are not covered by the statue
nor determined by a court to be covered, but are common and enjoyed by
2014-03-18 20:39:07 +00:00
many users. An example of unregulated use is reading a printout of the
2003-05-29 23:44:11 +00:00
program's source code like an instruction book for the purpose of learning
2014-03-18 20:40:12 +00:00
how to be a better programmer. The right to read something that you have
2014-03-21 20:05:43 +00:00
access to is and should remain unregulated and unrestricted.
2003-05-28 23:01:46 +00:00
\medskip
2014-02-20 14:21:18 +00:00
Thus, the GPLv2 protects users fair and unregulated use rights precisely by
2014-03-18 20:42:04 +00:00
not attempting to cover them. Furthermore, the GPLv2 ensures the freedom
2003-05-28 23:01:46 +00:00
to run specifically by stating the following:
\begin { quote}
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
''The act of running the Program is not restricted.''
2003-05-28 23:01:46 +00:00
\end { quote}
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
Thus, users are explicitly given the freedom to run by GPLv2~\S 0.
2003-05-28 23:01:46 +00:00
\medskip
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
The bulk of GPLv2~\S 0 not yet discussed gives definitions for other terms used
2014-03-18 20:42:04 +00:00
throughout. The only one worth discussing in detail is ``work based on
the Program''. The reason this definition is particularly interesting is
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
not for the definition itself, which is rather straightforward, but
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
because it clears up a common misconception about the GPL\@ .
The GPL is often mistakenly criticized because it fails to give a
2014-03-18 20:42:04 +00:00
definition of ``derivative work''. In fact, it would be incorrect and
problematic if the GPL attempted to define this. A copyright license, in
fact, has no control over what may or may not be a derivative work. This
matter is left up to copyright law and the courts --- not the licenses that utilize it.
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
It is certainly true that copyright law as a whole does not propose clear
and straightforward guidelines for what is and is not a derivative
2014-03-18 20:42:04 +00:00
software work under copyright law. However, no copyright license --- not
even the GNU GPL --- can be blamed for this. Legislators and court
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
opinions must give us guidance to decide the border cases.
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
\section { GPLv2~\S 1: Verbatim Copying}
2014-03-16 23:34:32 +00:00
\label { GPLv2s1}
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
GPLv2~\S 1 covers the matter of redistributing the source code of a program
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
exactly as it was received. This section is quite straightforward.
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
However, there are a few details worth noting here.
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
The phrase ``in any medium'' is important. This, for example, gives the
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
freedom to publish a book that is the printed copy of the program's source
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
code. It also allows for changes in the medium of distribution. Some
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
vendors may ship Free Software on a CD, but others may place it right on
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
the hard drive of a pre-installed computer. Any such redistribution media
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
is allowed.
Preservation of copyright notice and license notifications are mentioned
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
specifically in GPLv2~\S 1. These are in some ways the most important part of
2014-03-18 21:06:36 +00:00
the redistribution, which is why they are mentioned by name. GPL
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
always strives to make it abundantly clear to anyone who receives the
2014-03-18 21:06:36 +00:00
software what its license is. The goal is to make sure users know their
rights and freedoms under GPL, and to leave no reason that users might be
surprised the software is GPL'd. Thus
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
throughout the GPL, there are specific references to the importance of
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
notifying others down the distribution chain that they have rights under
GPL.
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
Also mentioned by name is the warranty disclaimer. Most people today do
2014-03-18 21:07:11 +00:00
not believe that software comes with any warranty. Notwithstanding the
\href { http://mlis.state.md.us/2000rs/billfile/hb0019.htm} { Maryland's} and \href { http://leg1.state.va.us/cgi-bin/legp504.exe?001+ful+SB372ER} { Virginia's} UCITA bills, there are few or no implied warranties with software.
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
However, just to be on the safe side, GPL clearly disclaims them, and the
2014-03-21 20:10:21 +00:00
GPL requires re-distributors to keep the disclaimer very visible. (See
2014-03-16 23:34:32 +00:00
Sections~\ref { GPLv2s11} and~\ref { GPLv2s12} of this tutorial for more on GPL's
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
warranty disclaimers.)
2014-03-18 21:21:11 +00:00
Note finally that GPLv2~\S 1 creates groundwork for the important defense of
commercial freedom. GPLv2~\S 1 clearly states that in the case of verbatim
2014-03-21 20:10:21 +00:00
copies, one may make money. Re-distributors are fully permitted to charge
for the re-distribution of copies of Free Software. In addition, they may
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
provide the warranty protection that the GPL disclaims as an additional
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
service for a fee. (See Section~\ref { Business Models} for more discussion
2003-05-29 19:00:18 +00:00
on making a profit from Free Software redistribution.)
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\chapter { Derivative Works: Statute and Case Law}
2014-03-21 01:14:20 +00:00
\label { derivative-works}
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
We digress for this chapter from our discussion of GPL's exact text to
consider the matter of derivative works --- a concept that we must
2014-03-21 20:10:21 +00:00
understand fully before considering GPLv2~\S \S 2--3\@ . The GPL, and Free
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
Software licensing in general, relies critically on the concept of
``derivative work'' since software that is ``independent,'' (i.e., not
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
``derivative'') of Free Software need not abide by the terms of the
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
applicable Free Software license. As much is required by \S ~106 of the
Copyright Act, 17 U.S.C. \S ~106 (2002), and admitted by Free Software
licenses, such as the GPL, which (as we have seen) states in GPLv2~\S 0 that ``a
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
`work based on the Program' means either the Program or any derivative
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
work under copyright law.'' It is being a derivative work of Free Software
that triggers the necessity to comply with the terms of the Free Software
license under which the original work is distributed. Therefore, one is
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
left to ask, just what is a ``derivative work''? The answer to that
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
question differs depending on which court is being asked.
The analysis in this chapter sets forth the differing definitions of
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
derivative work by the circuit courts. The broadest and most
established definition of derivative work for software is the
abstraction, filtration, and comparison test (``the AFC test'') as
created and developed by the Second Circuit. Some circuits, including
the Ninth Circuit and the First Circuit, have either adopted narrower
versions of the AFC test or have expressly rejected the AFC test in
favor of a narrower standard. Further, several other circuits have yet
to adopt any definition of derivative work for software.
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
As an introductory matter, it is important to note that literal copying of
a significant portion of source code is not always sufficient to establish
that a second work is a derivative work of an original
program. Conversely, a second work can be a derivative work of an original
program even though absolutely no copying of the literal source code of
the original program has been made. This is the case because copyright
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
protection does not always extend to all portions of a program's code,
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
while, at the same time, it can extend beyond the literal code of a
program to its non-literal aspects, such as its architecture, structure,
sequence, organization, operational modules, and computer-user interface.
\section { The Copyright Act}
The copyright act is of little, if any, help in determining the definition
of a derivative work of software. However, the applicable provisions do
provide some, albeit quite cursory, guidance. Section 101 of the Copyright
Act sets forth the following definitions:
2004-02-12 21:08:33 +00:00
\begin { quotation}
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
A ``computer program'' is a set of statements or instructions to be used
directly or indirectly in a computer in order to bring about a certain
result.
A ``derivative work'' is a work based upon one or more preexisting works,
such as a translation, musical arrangement, dramatization,
fictionalization, motion picture version, sound recording, art
reproduction, abridgment, condensation, or any other form in which a work
may be recast, transformed, or adapted. A work consisting of editorial
revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications which, as a
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
whole, represent an original work of authorship, is a ``derivative work.''
2004-02-12 21:08:33 +00:00
\end { quotation}
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
These are the only provisions in the Copyright Act relevant to the
determination of what constitutes a derivative work of a computer
program. Another provision of the Copyright Act that is also relevant to
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
the definition of derivative work is \S ~102(b), which reads as follows:
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
\begin { quotation}
In no case does copyright protection for an original work of authorship
extend to any idea, procedure, process, system, method of operation,
concept, principle, or discovery, regardless of the form in which it is
described, explained, illustrated, or embodied in such work.
\end { quotation}
Therefore, before a court can ask whether one program is a derivative work
of another program, it must be careful not to extend copyright protection
to any ideas, procedures, processes, systems, methods of operation,
concepts, principles, or discoveries contained in the original program. It
is the implementation of this requirement to ``strip out'' unprotectable
elements that serves as the most frequent issue over which courts
disagree.
\section { Abstraction, Filtration, Comparison Test}
As mentioned above, the AFC test for determining whether a computer
program is a derivative work of an earlier program was created by the
Second Circuit and has since been adopted in the Fifth, Tenth, and
Eleventh Circuits. Computer Associates Intl., Inc. v. Altai, Inc., 982
F.2d 693 (2nd Cir. 1992); Engineering Dynamics, Inc. v. Structural
Software, Inc., 26 F.3d 1335 (5th Cir. 1994); Kepner-Tregoe,
Inc. v. Leadership Software, Inc., 12 F.3d 527 (5th Cir. 1994); Gates
Rubber Co. v. Bando Chem. Indust., Ltd., 9 F.3d 823 (10th Cir. 1993);
2014-03-19 00:48:40 +00:00
Mitel, Inc. v. Iqtel, Inc., 124 F.3d 1366 (10th Cir. 1997); Bateman
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
v. Mnemonics, Inc., 79 F.3d 1532 (11th Cir. 1996); and, Mitek Holdings,
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
Inc. v. Arce Engineering Co., Inc., 89 F.3d 1548 (11th Cir. 1996).
Under the AFC test, a court first abstracts from the original program its
constituent structural parts. Then, the court filters from those
structural parts all unprotectable portions, including incorporated ideas,
expression that is necessarily incidental to those ideas, and elements
that are taken from the public domain. Finally, the court compares any and
all remaining kernels of creative expression to the structure of the
second program to determine whether the software programs at issue are
substantially similar so as to warrant a finding that one is the
derivative work of the other.
Often, the courts that apply the AFC test will perform a quick initial
comparison between the entirety of the two programs at issue in order to
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
help determine whether one is a derivative work of the other. Such a
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
holistic comparison, although not a substitute for the full application of
the AFC test, sometimes reveals a pattern of copying that is not otherwise
obvious from the application of the AFC test when, as discussed below,
only certain components of the original program are compared to the second
program. If such a pattern is revealed by the quick initial comparison,
the court is more likely to conclude that the second work is indeed a
derivative of the original.
\subsection { Abstraction}
The first step courts perform under the AFC test is separation of the
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
work's ideas from its expression. In a process akin to reverse
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
engineering, the courts dissect the original program to isolate each level
of abstraction contained within it. Courts have stated that the
abstractions step is particularly well suited for computer programs
because it breaks down software in a way that mirrors the way it is
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
typically created. However, the courts have also indicated that this step
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
of the AFC test requires substantial guidance from experts, because it is
extremely fact and situation specific.
By way of example, one set of abstraction levels is, in descending order
of generality, as follows: the main purpose, system architecture, abstract
data types, algorithms and data structures, source code, and object
code. As this set of abstraction levels shows, during the abstraction step
of the AFC test, the literal elements of the computer program, namely the
source and object code, are defined as particular levels of
abstraction. Further, the source and object code elements of a program are
not the only elements capable of forming the basis for a finding that a
second work is a derivative of the program. In some cases, in order to
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
avoid a lengthy factual inquiry by the court, the owner of the copyright in
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
the original work will submit its own list of what it believes to be the
protected elements of the original program. In those situations, the court
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
will forgo performing its own abstraction, and proceed to the second step of
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
the AFC test.
\subsection { Filtration}
The most difficult and controversial part of the AFC test is the second
step, which entails the filtration of protectable expression contained in
the original program from any unprotectable elements nestled therein. In
determining which elements of a program are unprotectable, courts employ a
myriad of rules and procedures to sift from a program all the portions
that are not eligible for copyright protection.
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
First, as set forth in \S ~102(b) of the Copyright Act, any and all ideas
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
embodied in the program are to be denied copyright protection. However,
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
implementing this rule is not as easy as it first appears. The courts
readily recognize the intrinsic difficulty in distinguishing between ideas
and expression and that, given the varying nature of computer programs,
doing so will be done on an ad hoc basis. The first step of the AFC test,
the abstraction, exists precisely to assist in this endeavor by helping
the court separate out all the individual elements of the program so that
they can be independently analyzed for their expressive nature.
A second rule applied by the courts in performing the filtration step of
the AFC test is the doctrine of merger, which denies copyright protection
to expression necessarily incidental to the idea being expressed. The
reasoning behind this doctrine is that when there is only one way to
express an idea, the idea and the expression merge, meaning that the
expression cannot receive copyright protection due to the bar on copyright
protection extending to ideas. In applying this doctrine, a court will ask
whether the program's use of particular code or structure is necessary for
the efficient implementation of a certain function or process. If so, then
that particular code or structure is not protected by copyright and, as a
result, it is filtered away from the remaining protectable expression.
A third rule applied by the courts in performing the filtration step of
the AFC test is the doctrine of scenes a faire, which denies copyright
protection to elements of a computer program that are dictated by external
factors. Such external factors can include:
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
\begin { itemize}
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
\item The mechanical
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
specifications of the computer on which a particular program is intended
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
to operate
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
\item Compatibility requirements of other programs with which a
program is designed to operate in conjunction
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
\item Computer manufacturers'
design standards
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
\item Demands of the industry being serviced, and
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
widely accepted programming practices within the computer industry
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
\end { itemize}
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
Any code or structure of a program that was shaped predominantly in
response to these factors is filtered out and not protected by
copyright. Lastly, elements of a computer program are also to be filtered
out if they were taken from the public domain or fail to have sufficient
originality to merit copyright protection.
Portions of the source or object code of a computer program are rarely
filtered out as unprotectable elements. However, some distinct parts of
source and object code have been found unprotectable. For example,
2014-03-21 20:32:55 +00:00
constants, the invariable integers comprising part of formulas used to
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
perform calculations in a program, are unprotectable. Further, although
common errors found in two programs can provide strong evidence of
copying, they are not afforded any copyright protection over and above the
protection given to the expression containing them.
\subsection { Comparison}
The third and final step of the AFC test entails a comparison of the
original program's remaining protectable expression to a second
program. The issue will be whether any of the protected expression is
copied in the second program and, if so, what relative importance the
copied portion has with respect to the original program overall. The
ultimate inquiry is whether there is ``substantial'' similarity between
the protected elements of the original program and the potentially
derivative work. The courts admit that this process is primarily
qualitative rather than quantitative and is performed on a case-by-case
basis. In essence, the comparison is an ad hoc determination of whether
the protectable elements of the original program that are contained in the
second work are significant or important parts of the original program. If
so, then the second work is a derivative work of the first. If, however,
the amount of protectable elements copied in the second work are so small
as to be de minimis, then the second work is not a derivative work of the
original.
\section { Analytic Dissection Test}
The Ninth Circuit has adopted the analytic dissection test to determine
whether one program is a derivative work of another. Apple Computer,
Inc. v. Microsoft Corp., 35 F.3d 1435 (9th Cir. 1994). The analytic
dissection test first considers whether there are substantial similarities
in both the ideas and expressions of the two works at issue. Once the
similar features are identified, analytic dissection is used to determine
whether any of those similar features are protected by copyright. This
step is the same as the filtration step in the AFC test. After identifying
the copyrightable similar features of the works, the court then decides
whether those features are entitled to ``broad'' or ``thin''
protection. ``Thin'' protection is given to non-copyrightable facts or
ideas that are combined in a way that affords copyright protection only
from their alignment and presentation, while ``broad'' protection is given
to copyrightable expression itself. Depending on the degree of protection
afforded, the court then sets the appropriate standard for a subjective
comparison of the works to determine whether, as a whole, they are
sufficiently similar to support a finding that one is a derivative work of
the other. ``Thin'' protection requires the second work be virtually
identical in order to be held a derivative work of an original, while
``broad'' protection requires only a ``substantial similarity.''
\section { No Protection for ``Methods of Operation''}
2014-03-19 00:48:40 +00:00
The First Circuit has taken the position that the AFC test is inapplicable
when the works in question relate to unprotectable elements set forth in
2014-03-19 16:39:40 +00:00
\S ~102(b). Their approach results in a much narrower definition
2014-03-19 00:48:40 +00:00
of derivative work for software in comparison to other circuits. Specifically,
the
2014-03-19 16:39:40 +00:00
First Circuit holds that ``method of operation,'' as used in \S ~102(b) of
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
the Copyright Act, refers to the means by which users operate
2014-03-21 00:36:14 +00:00
computers. Lotus Development Corp. v. Borland Int'l., Inc., 49 F.3d 807
2014-03-19 00:48:40 +00:00
(1st Cir. 1995). In Lotus, the court held that a menu command
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
hierarchy for a computer program was uncopyrightable because it did not
2014-03-21 00:36:14 +00:00
merely explain and present the program's functional capabilities to the
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
user, but also served as a method by which the program was operated and
2014-03-21 00:36:14 +00:00
controlled. As a result, under the First Circuit's test, literal copying
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
of a menu command hierarchy, or any other ``method of operation,'' cannot
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
form the basis for a determination that one work is a derivative of
2014-03-19 00:48:40 +00:00
another. As a result, courts in the First Circuit that apply the AFC test
2014-03-19 16:39:40 +00:00
do so only after applying a broad interpretation of \S ~102(b) to filter out
2014-03-19 00:48:40 +00:00
unprotected elements. E.g., Real View, LLC v. 20-20 Technologies, Inc.,
683 F. Supp.2d 147, 154 (D. Mass. 2010).
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
\section { No Test Yet Adopted}
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
Several circuits, most notably the Fourth and Seventh, have yet to
declare their definition of derivative work and whether or not the
AFC, Analytic Dissection, or some other test best fits their
interpretation of copyright law. Therefore, uncertainty exists with
respect to determining the extent to which a software program is a
derivative work of another in those circuits. However, one may presume
that they would give deference to the AFC test since it is by far the
2014-03-21 00:56:36 +00:00
majority rule among those circuits that have a standard for defining
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
a software derivative work.
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
\section { Cases Applying Software Derivative Work Analysis}
In the preeminent case regarding the definition of a derivative work for
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
software, Computer Associates v. Altai, the plaintiff alleged that its
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
program, Adapter, which was used to handle the differences in operating
system calls and services, was infringed by the defendant's competitive
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
program, Oscar. About 30\% of Oscar was literally the same code as
that in Adapter. After the suit began, the defendant rewrote those
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
portions of Oscar that contained Adapter code in order to produce a new
version of Oscar that was functionally competitive with Adapter, without
2014-03-21 20:32:55 +00:00
having any literal copies of its code. Feeling slighted still, the
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
plaintiff alleged that even the second version of Oscar, despite having no
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
literally copied code, also infringed its copyrights. In addressing that
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
question, the Second Circuit promulgated the AFC test.
In abstracting the various levels of the program, the court noted a
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
similarity between the two programs' parameter lists and macros. However,
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
following the filtration step of the AFC test, only a handful of the lists
and macros were protectable under copyright law because they were either
in the public domain or required by functional demands on the
program. With respect to the handful of parameter lists and macros that
did qualify for copyright protection, after performing the comparison step
of the AFC test, it was reasonable for the district court to conclude that
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
they did not warrant a finding of infringement given their relatively minor
contribution to the program as a whole. Likewise, the similarity between
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
the organizational charts of the two programs was not substantial enough
to support a finding of infringement because they were too simple and
obvious to contain any original expression.
2014-03-19 00:48:40 +00:00
In the case of Oracle America v. Google, 872 F. Supp.2d 974 (N.D. Cal. 2012),
the Northern District of California District Court examined the question of
whether the application program interfaces (APIs) associated with the Java
programming language are entitled to copyright protection. While the
court expressly declined to rule whether all APIs are free to use without
2014-03-19 15:50:31 +00:00
license (872 F. Supp.2d 974 at 1002), the court held that the command
2014-03-19 00:48:40 +00:00
structure and taxonomy of the APIs were not protectable under copyright law.
Specifically, the court characterized the command structure and taxonomy as
both a ``method of operation'' (using an approach not dissimilar to the
First Circuit's analysis in Lotus) and a ``functional requirement for
2014-03-21 00:56:36 +00:00
compatibility'' (using Sega v. Accolade, 977 F.2d 1510 (9th Cir. 1992) and
2014-03-19 00:48:40 +00:00
Sony Computer Ent. v. Connectix, 203 F.3d 596 (9th Cir. 2000) as analogies),
2014-03-19 16:39:40 +00:00
and thus unprotectable subject matter under \S ~102(b).
2014-03-19 00:48:40 +00:00
Perhaps not surprisingly, there have been few other cases involving a highly
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
detailed software derivative work analysis. Most often, cases involve
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
clearer basis for decision, including frequent bad faith on the part of
2014-03-21 00:56:36 +00:00
the defendant or over-aggressiveness on the part of the plaintiff.
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\chapter { Modified Source and Binary Distribution}
2004-02-12 21:08:33 +00:00
\label { source-and-binary}
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
In this chapter, we discuss the two core sections that define the rights
and obligations for those who modify, improve, and/or redistribute GPL'd
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
software. These sections, GPLv2~\S \S 2--3, define the central core rights and
2014-02-20 14:21:18 +00:00
requirements of GPLv2\@ .
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
\section { GPLv2~\S 2: Share and Share Alike}
2014-03-20 14:11:47 +00:00
\label { GPLv2s2}
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
2003-05-29 19:47:01 +00:00
For many, this is where the ``magic'' happens that defends software
2014-03-18 21:21:11 +00:00
freedom upon redistribution. GPLv2~\S 2 is the only place in GPLv2
that governs the modification controls of copyright law. If users
modifies a GPLv2'd program, they must follow the terms of GPLv2~\S 2 in making
those changes. Thus, this sections ensures that the body of GPL'd software, as it
2003-05-29 19:47:01 +00:00
continues and develops, remains Free as in freedom.
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
To achieve that goal, GPLv2~\S 2 first sets forth that the rights of
2003-05-29 23:44:11 +00:00
redistribution of modified versions are the same as those for verbatim
2014-03-18 21:21:11 +00:00
copying, as presented in GPLv2~\S 1. Therefore, the details of charging money,
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
keeping copyright notices intact, and other GPLv2~\S 1 provisions are in tact
2014-03-18 21:21:11 +00:00
here as well. However, there are three additional requirements.
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
The first (GPLv2~\S 2(a)) requires that modified files carry ``prominent
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
notices'' explaining what changes were made and the date of such
2014-03-18 21:21:11 +00:00
changes. This section does not prescribe some specific way of
marking changes nor does it control the process of how changes are made.
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
Primarily, GPLv2~\S 2(a) seeks to ensure that those receiving modified
2014-03-18 21:21:11 +00:00
versions know the history of changes to the software. For some users,
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
it is important to know that they are using the standard version of
program, because while there are many advantages to using a fork,
2014-03-18 21:21:11 +00:00
there are a few disadvantages. Users should be informed about the
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
historical context of the software version they use, so that they can
2014-03-18 21:21:11 +00:00
make proper support choices. Finally, GPLv2~\S 2(a) serves an academic
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
purpose --- ensuring that future developers can use a diachronic
approach to understand the software.
2003-05-28 23:01:46 +00:00
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
\medskip
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
The second requirement (GPLv2~\S 2(b)) contains the four short lines that embody
2014-03-18 21:21:11 +00:00
the legal details of ``share and share alike''. These 46 words are
considered by some to be the most worthy of careful scrutiny because
GPLv2~\S 2(b), and they
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
can be a source of great confusion when not properly understood.
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:21:11 +00:00
In considering GPLv2~\S 2(b), first note the qualifier: it \textit { only} applies to
derivative works that ``you distribute or publish''. Despite years of
education efforts on this matter, many still believe that modifiers
2014-03-21 20:45:47 +00:00
of GPL'd software \textit { must} publish or otherwise
2014-03-18 21:21:11 +00:00
share their changes. On the contrary, GPLv2~\S 2(b) { \bf does not apply if} the
changes are never distributed. Indeed, the freedom to make private,
2003-05-29 19:47:01 +00:00
personal, unshared changes to software for personal use only should be
2014-03-21 20:45:47 +00:00
protected and defended.\footnote { Most Free Software enthusiasts believe there is a { \bf
2014-03-18 21:21:11 +00:00
moral} obligation to redistribute changes that are generally useful,
and they often encourage companies and individuals to do so. However, there
2003-05-29 19:47:01 +00:00
is a clear distinction between what one { \bf ought} to do and what one
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
{ \bf must} do.}
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
Next, we again encounter the same matter that appears in GPLv2~\S 0, in the
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
following text:
\begin { quote}
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
``...that in whole or part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof.''
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
\end { quote}
Again, the GPL relies here on what the copyright law says is a derivative
2014-03-18 21:21:11 +00:00
work. If, under copyright law, the modified version ``contains or is
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
derived from'' the GPL'd software, then the requirements of GPLv2~\S 2(b)
2014-03-18 21:21:11 +00:00
apply. The GPL invokes its control as a copyright license over the
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
modification of the work in combination with its control over distribution
of the work.
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
The final clause of GPLv2~\S 2(b) describes what the licensee must do if she is
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
distributing or publishing a work that is deemed a derivative work under
copyright law --- namely, the following:
\begin { quote}
[The work must] be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties
under the terms of this License.
\end { quote}
That is probably the most tightly-packed phrase in all of the GPL\@ .
Consider each subpart carefully.
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
The work ``as a whole'' is what is to be licensed. This is an important
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
point that GPLv2~\S 2 spends an entire paragraph explaining; thus this phrase is
2014-03-18 21:21:11 +00:00
worthy of a lengthy discussion here. As a programmer modifies a software
2003-05-29 19:47:01 +00:00
program, she generates new copyrighted material --- fixing expressions of
2014-03-18 21:21:11 +00:00
ideas into the tangible medium of electronic file storage. That
programmer is indeed the copyright holder of those new changes. However,
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
those changes are part and parcel to the original work distributed to
the programmer under GPL\@ . Thus, the license of the original work
2003-05-29 19:47:01 +00:00
affects the license of the new whole derivative work.
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
% {\cal I}
\newcommand { \gplusi } { $ \mathcal { G \! \! + \! \! I } $ }
\newcommand { \worki } { $ \mathcal { I } $ }
\newcommand { \workg } { $ \mathcal { G } $ }
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
\label { separate-and-independent}
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
It is certainly possible to take an existing independent work (called
2014-03-18 21:21:11 +00:00
\worki { } ) and combine it with a GPL'd program (called \workg { } ). The
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
license of \worki { } , when it is distributed as a separate and independent
2003-05-29 19:47:01 +00:00
work, remains the prerogative of the copyright holder of \worki { } .
However, when \worki { } is combined with \workg { } , it produces a new work
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
that is the combination of the two (called \gplusi { } ). The copyright of
this combined work, \gplusi { } , is held by the original copyright
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
holder of each of the two works.
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
In this case, GPLv2~\S 2 lays out the terms by which \gplusi { } may be
2014-03-18 21:21:11 +00:00
distributed and copied. By default, under copyright law, the copyright
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
holder of \worki { } would not have been permitted to distribute \gplusi { } ;
copyright law forbids it without the expressed permission of the copyright
2014-03-18 21:21:11 +00:00
holder of \workg { } . (Imagine, for a moment, if \workg { } were a proprietary
product --- would its copyright holders give you permission to create and distribute
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
\gplusi { } without paying them a hefty sum?) The license of \workg { } , the
2014-03-18 21:21:11 +00:00
GPL, states the options for the copyright holder of \worki { }
2014-03-21 20:50:11 +00:00
who may want to create and distribute \gplusi { } . The GPL's pre-granted
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
permission to create and distribute derivative works, provided the terms
2014-03-21 20:50:11 +00:00
of the GPL are upheld, goes far above and beyond the permissions that one
2014-03-18 21:21:11 +00:00
would get with a typical work not covered by a copyleft license. (Thus, to
2014-03-21 20:50:11 +00:00
say that this condition is any way unreasonable is simply ludicrous.)
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
\medskip
2014-03-20 17:12:54 +00:00
\label { GPLv2s2-at-no-charge}
2014-03-18 21:21:11 +00:00
The next phrase of note in GPLv2~\S 2(b) is ``licensed \ldots at no charge.''
This phrase confuses many. The sloppy reader points out this as ``a
2014-03-21 20:51:57 +00:00
contradiction in GPL'' because (in their confused view) that clause of GPLv2~\S 2 says that re-distributors cannot
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
charge for modified versions of GPL'd software, but GPLv2~\S 1 says that
2014-03-21 20:51:57 +00:00
they can. Avoid this confusion: the ``at no charge'' \textbf { does not} prohibit re-distributors from
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
charging when performing the acts governed by copyright
law,\footnote { Recall that you could by default charge for any acts not
governed by copyright law, because the license controls are confined
by copyright.} but rather that they cannot charge a fee for the
2014-03-18 21:21:11 +00:00
\emph { license itself} . In other words, redistributors of (modified
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
and unmodified) GPL'd works may charge any amount they choose for
performing the modifications on contract or the act of transferring
the copy to the customer, but they may not charge a separate licensing
fee for the software.
2014-03-18 21:21:11 +00:00
GPLv2~\S 2(b) further states that the software must ``be licensed \ldots to all
third parties.'' This too yields some confusion, and feeds the
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
misconception mentioned earlier --- that all modified versions must made
2014-03-18 21:21:11 +00:00
available to the public at large. However, the text here does not say
that. Instead, it says that the licensing under terms of the GPL must
2003-05-29 19:47:01 +00:00
extend to anyone who might, through the distribution chain, receive a copy
2014-03-18 21:21:11 +00:00
of the software. Distribution to all third parties is not mandated here,
2014-03-21 20:51:57 +00:00
but GPLv2~\S 2(b) does require re-distributors to license the derivative works in
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
a way that extends to all third parties who may ultimately receive a
2003-05-29 19:47:01 +00:00
copy of the software.
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
In summary, GPLv2\ 2(b) says what terms under which the third parties must
2014-03-18 21:21:11 +00:00
receive this no-charge license. Namely, they receive it ``under the terms
of this License'', the GPLv2. When an entity \emph { chooses} to redistribute
a derivative work of GPL'd software, the license of that whole
work must be GPL and only GPL\@ . In this manner, GPLv2~\S 2(b) dovetails nicely
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
with GPLv2~\S 6 (as discussed in Section~\ref { GPLv2s6} of this tutorial).
2003-05-28 23:01:46 +00:00
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
\medskip
2003-05-28 23:01:46 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:21:11 +00:00
The final paragraph of GPLv2~\S 2 is worth special mention. It is possible and
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
quite common to aggregate various software programs together on one
2014-03-18 21:21:11 +00:00
distribution medium. Computer manufacturers do this when they ship a
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
pre-installed hard drive, and GNU/Linux distribution vendors do this to
give a one-stop CD or URL for a complete operating system with necessary
2014-03-18 21:21:11 +00:00
applications. The GPL very clearly permits such ``mere aggregation'' with
programs under any license. Despite what you hear from its critics, the
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
GPL is nothing like a virus, not only because the GPL is good for you and
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
a virus is bad for you, but also because simple contact with a GPL'd
2014-03-18 21:21:11 +00:00
code-base does not impact the license of other programs. A programmer must
2014-03-21 20:55:06 +00:00
expend actual effort to cause a work to fall under the terms
2014-03-18 21:21:11 +00:00
of the GPL. Redistributors are always welcome to simply ship GPL'd
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
software alongside proprietary software or other unrelated Free Software,
as long as the terms of GPL are adhered to for those packages that are
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
truly GPL'd.
2003-05-28 23:01:46 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
\section { GPLv2~\S 3: Producing Binaries}
2014-03-20 14:11:47 +00:00
\label { GPLv2s3}
2003-05-29 17:09:00 +00:00
Software is a strange beast when compared to other copyrightable works.
It is currently impossible to make a film or a book that can be truly
2014-03-18 21:21:11 +00:00
obscured. Ultimately, the full text of a novel, even one written by
2014-03-21 20:55:06 +00:00
William Faulkner, must be presented to the reader as words in some
2014-03-18 21:21:11 +00:00
human-readable language so that they can enjoy the work. A film, even one
2003-05-29 22:29:43 +00:00
directed by David Lynch, must be perceptible by human eyes and ears to
have any value.
2003-05-29 17:09:00 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:21:11 +00:00
Software is not so. While the source code --- the human-readable
representation of software is of keen interest to programmers -- users and
2003-05-29 17:09:00 +00:00
programmers alike cannot make the proper use of software in that
2014-03-18 21:21:11 +00:00
human-readable form. Binary code --- the ones and zeros that the computer
2003-05-29 19:15:47 +00:00
can understand --- must be predicable and attainable for the software to
2014-03-18 21:21:11 +00:00
be fully useful. Without the binaries, be they in object or executable
2003-05-29 19:15:47 +00:00
form, the software serves only the didactic purposes of computer science.
2003-05-29 17:09:00 +00:00
Under copyright law, binary representations of the software are simply
2014-03-18 21:21:11 +00:00
derivative works of the source code. Applying a systematic process (i.e.,
2014-03-18 21:44:36 +00:00
``compilation''\footnote { ``Compilation'' in this context refers to the
automated computing process of converting source code into binaries. It
has absolutely nothing to do with the term ``compilation'' in copyright statues.} ) to a work of source code yields binary code. The binary
2003-05-29 17:09:00 +00:00
code is now a new work of expression fixed in the tangible medium of
electronic file storage.
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
Therefore, for GPL'd software to be useful, the GPL, since it governs the
2003-05-29 17:09:00 +00:00
rules for creation of derivative works, must grant permission for the
2014-03-18 22:00:14 +00:00
generation of binaries. Furthermore, notwithstanding the relative
2003-05-29 22:29:43 +00:00
popularity of source-based GNU/Linux distributions like Gentoo, users find
2014-03-18 22:00:14 +00:00
it extremely convenient to receive distribution of binary software. Such
2003-05-29 22:29:43 +00:00
distribution is the redistribution of derivative works of the software's
2014-03-18 22:00:14 +00:00
source code. GPLv2~\S 3 addresses the matter of creation and distribution of
2003-05-29 22:29:43 +00:00
binary versions.
2003-05-29 17:09:00 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
Under GPLv2~\S 3, binary versions may be created and distributed under the
terms of GPLv2~\S 1--2, so all the material previously discussed applies
2014-03-18 22:00:14 +00:00
here. However, GPLv2~\S 3 must go a bit further. Access to the software's
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
source code is an incontestable prerequisite for the exercise of the
2014-03-18 22:00:14 +00:00
fundamental freedoms to modify and improve the software. Making even
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
the most trivial changes to a software program at the binary level is
2014-03-18 22:00:14 +00:00
effectively impossible. GPLv2~\S 3 must ensure that the binaries are never
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
distributed without the source code, so that these freedoms are passed
through the distribution chain.
2003-05-29 17:09:00 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
GPLv2~\S 3 permits distribution of binaries, and then offers three options for
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
distribution of source code along with binaries. The most common and the
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
least complicated is the option given under GPLv2~\S 3(a).
2003-05-29 17:09:00 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
GPLv2~\S 3(a) offers the option to directly accompany the source code alongside
2014-03-18 22:00:14 +00:00
the distribution of the binaries. This is by far the most convenient
2003-05-29 17:09:00 +00:00
option for most distributors, because it means that the source-code
provision obligations are fully completed at the time of binary
distribution (more on that later).
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
Under GPLv2~\S 3(a), the source code provided must be the ``corresponding source
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
code.'' Here ``corresponding'' primarily means that the source code
2003-05-29 22:29:43 +00:00
provided must be that code used to produce the binaries being distributed.
2014-03-18 22:00:14 +00:00
That source code must also be ``complete''. GPLv2~\S 3's penultimate paragraph
explains in detail what is meant by ``complete''. In essence, it is all
2003-05-29 22:29:43 +00:00
the material that a programmer of average skill would need to actually use
2014-03-18 22:00:14 +00:00
the source code to produce the binaries she has received. Complete source
2003-05-29 22:29:43 +00:00
is required so that, if the licensee chooses, she should be able to
2014-03-18 22:00:14 +00:00
exercise her freedoms to modify and redistribute changes. Without the
2003-05-29 22:29:43 +00:00
complete source, it would not be possible to make changes that were
actually directly derived from the version received.
2003-05-29 17:09:00 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
Furthermore, GPLv2~\S 3 is defending against a tactic that has in fact been
2014-03-18 22:00:14 +00:00
seen in GPL enforcement. Under GPL, if you pay a high price for
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
a copy of GPL'd binaries (which comes with corresponding source, of
course), you have the freedom to redistribute that work at any fee you
2014-03-18 22:00:14 +00:00
choose, or not at all. Sometimes, companies attempt a GPL-violating
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
cozenage whereby they produce very specialized binaries (perhaps for
2014-03-18 22:00:14 +00:00
an obscure architecture). They then give source code that does
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
correspond, but withhold the ``incantations'' and build plans they
used to make that source compile into the specialized binaries.
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
Therefore, GPLv2~\S 3 requires that the source code include ``meta-material'' like
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
scripts, interface definitions, and other material that is used to
2014-03-18 22:00:14 +00:00
``control compilation and installation'' of the binaries. In this
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
manner, those further down the distribution chain are assured that
they have the unabated freedom to build their own derivative works
from the sources provided.
2003-05-29 17:09:00 +00:00
2014-03-18 22:00:14 +00:00
Software distribution comes in many
forms. Embedded manufacturers, for example, have the freedom to put
GPL'd software into mobile devices with very tight memory and space
constraints. In such cases, putting the source right alongside the
binaries on the machine itself might not be an option. While it is
2003-05-29 17:09:00 +00:00
recommended that this be the default way that people comply with GPL, the
2014-03-21 00:56:36 +00:00
GPL does provide options when such distribution is unfeasible.
2003-05-29 17:09:00 +00:00
2014-03-20 18:30:32 +00:00
\label { GPLv2s3-medium-customarily}
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
GPLv2~\S 3, therefore, allows source code to be provided on any physical
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
``medium customarily used for software interchange.'' By design, this
2014-03-18 22:00:14 +00:00
phrase covers a broad spectrum --- the phrase seeks to pre-adapt to
2014-03-21 21:04:41 +00:00
changes in technology. When GPLv2 was first published in June
2003-05-29 17:09:00 +00:00
1991, distribution on magnetic tape was still common, and CD was
2014-03-21 21:04:41 +00:00
relatively new. By 2002, CD was the default. By 2007, DVD's were the
default. Now, it's common to give software on USB drives and SD cards. This
2014-03-18 22:00:14 +00:00
language in the license must adapt with changing technology.
2003-05-29 17:09:00 +00:00
2014-03-18 22:00:14 +00:00
Meanwhile, the binding created by the word ``customarily'' is key. Many
2003-05-29 17:09:00 +00:00
incorrectly believe that distributing binary on CD and source on the
2014-03-18 22:00:14 +00:00
Internet is acceptable. In the corporate world in industrialized countries, it is indeed customary to
simply download a CDs' worth of data quickly. However, even today in the USA, many computer users are not connected to the Internet, and most people connected
to the Internet still have limited download speeds. Downloading
CDs full of data is not customary for them in the least. In some cities
2003-05-29 17:09:00 +00:00
in Africa, computers are becoming more common, but Internet connectivity
2014-03-18 22:00:14 +00:00
is still available only at a few centralized locations. Thus, the
``customs'' here are normalized for a worldwide userbase. Simply
2003-05-29 17:09:00 +00:00
providing source on the Internet --- while it is a kind, friendly and
useful thing to do --- is not usually sufficient.
Note, however, a major exception to this rule, given by the last paragraph
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
of GPLv2~\S 3. \emph { If} distribution of the binary files is made only on the
2003-05-29 17:09:00 +00:00
Internet (i.e., ``from a designated place''), \emph { then} simply providing
the source code right alongside the binaries in the same place is
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
sufficient to comply with GPLv2~\S 3.
2003-05-29 17:09:00 +00:00
2003-05-29 18:09:03 +00:00
\medskip
2003-05-29 17:09:00 +00:00
2014-03-21 02:01:07 +00:00
As is shown above, under GPLv2~\S 3(a), embedded manufacturers can put the
2014-03-18 22:00:14 +00:00
binaries on the device and ship the source code along on a CD\@ . However,
sometimes this turns out to be too costly. Including a CD with every
2003-05-29 17:09:00 +00:00
device could prove too costly, and may practically (although not legally)
2014-03-20 14:11:47 +00:00
prohibit using GPL'd software. For this situation and others like it, GPLv2\S ~3(b) is available.
2003-05-29 17:09:00 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
GPLv2~\S 3(b) allows a distributor of binaries to instead provide a written
2014-03-18 22:00:14 +00:00
offer for source code alongside those binaries. This is useful in two
specific ways. First, it may turn out that most users do not request the
2003-05-29 17:09:00 +00:00
source, and thus the cost of producing the CDs is saved --- a financial
2014-03-18 22:00:14 +00:00
and environmental windfall. In addition, along with a GPLv2~\S 3(b) compliant
2003-05-29 17:09:00 +00:00
offer for source, a binary distributor might choose to \emph { also} give a
2014-03-18 22:00:14 +00:00
URL for source code. Many who would otherwise need a CD with source might
2003-05-29 17:09:00 +00:00
turn out to have those coveted high bandwidth connections, and are able to
download the source instead --- again yielding environmental and financial
windfalls.
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
However, note that regardless of how many users prefer to get the
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
source online, GPLv2~\S 3(b) does place lasting long-term obligations on the
2014-03-18 22:00:14 +00:00
binary distributor. The binary distributor must be prepared to honor
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
that offer for source for three years and ship it out (just as they
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
would have had to do under GPLv2~\S 3(a)) at a moment's notice when they
2014-03-18 22:00:14 +00:00
receive such a request. There is real organizational cost here:
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
support engineers must be trained how to route source requests, and
source CD images for every release version for the last three years
must be kept on hand to burn such CDs quickly. The requests might not
even come from actual customers; the offer for source must be valid
2014-03-18 22:00:14 +00:00
for ``any third party''.
2003-05-29 17:09:00 +00:00
That phrase is another place where some get confused --- thinking again
2014-03-18 22:00:14 +00:00
that full public distribution of source is required. The offer for source
2003-05-29 17:09:00 +00:00
must be valid for ``any third party'' because of the freedoms of
2014-03-18 22:00:14 +00:00
redistribution granted by GPLv2~\S \S 1--2. A company may ship a binary image
and an offer for source to only one customer. However, under GPL, that
2003-05-29 17:09:00 +00:00
customer has the right to redistribute that software to the world if she
2014-03-18 22:00:14 +00:00
likes. When she does, that customer has an obligation to make sure that
2003-05-29 17:09:00 +00:00
those who receive the software from her can exercise their freedoms under
GPL --- including the freedom to modify, rebuild, and redistribute the
source code.
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
GPLv2~\S 3(c) is created to save her some trouble, because by itself GPLv2~\S 3(b)
2014-03-18 22:00:14 +00:00
would unfairly favor large companies. GPLv2~\S 3(b) allows the
2003-05-29 22:29:43 +00:00
separation of the binary software from the key tool that people can use
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
to exercise their freedom. The GPL permits this separation because it is
2014-03-21 21:04:41 +00:00
good for re-distributors, and those users who turn out not to need the
2014-03-18 22:00:14 +00:00
source. However, to ensure equal rights for all software users, anyone
2003-05-29 22:29:43 +00:00
along the distribution chain must have the right to get the source and
exercise those freedoms that require it.
2003-05-29 17:09:00 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
Meanwhile, GPLv2~\S 3(b)'s compromise primarily benefits companies who
2014-03-18 22:00:14 +00:00
distribute binary software commercially. Without GPLv2~\S 3(c), that benefit
2003-05-29 17:09:00 +00:00
would be at the detriment of the companies' customers; the burden of
source code provision would be unfairly shifted to the companies'
2014-03-18 22:00:14 +00:00
customers. A customer, who had received binaries with a GPLv2~\S 3(b)-compliant
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
offer, would be required under GPLv2 (sans GPLv2~\S 3(c)) to acquire the source,
2014-03-18 22:00:14 +00:00
merely to give a copy of the software to a friend who needed it. GPLv2~\S 3(c)
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
reshifts this burden to entity who benefits from GPLv2~\S 3(b).
2003-05-29 17:09:00 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
GPLv2~\S 3(c) allows those who undertake \emph { noncommercial} distribution to
2014-03-18 22:00:14 +00:00
simply pass along a GPLv2~\S 3(b)-compliant source code offer. The customer who
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
wishes to give a copy to her friend can now do so without provisioning the
2014-03-18 22:00:14 +00:00
source, as long as she gives that offer to her friend. By contrast, if
2003-05-29 17:09:00 +00:00
she wanted to go into business for herself selling CDs of that software,
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
she would have to acquire the source and either comply via GPLv2~\S 3(a), or
write her own GPLv2~\S 3(b)-compliant source offer.
2003-05-29 17:09:00 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
This process is precisely the reason why a GPLv2~\S 3(b) source offer must be
2014-03-18 22:00:14 +00:00
valid for all third parties. At the time the offer is made, there is no
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
way of knowing who might end up noncommercially receiving a copy of the
2014-03-18 22:00:14 +00:00
software. Companies who choose to comply via GPLv2~\S 3(b) must thus be
prepared to honor all incoming source code requests. For this and the
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
many other additional necessary complications under GPLv2~\S \S 3(b--c), it is
only rarely a better option than complying via GPLv2~\S 3(a).
2003-05-29 17:09:00 +00:00
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
2014-02-20 17:12:14 +00:00
\chapter { GPL's Implied Patent Grant}
2014-03-15 20:30:45 +00:00
\label { gpl-implied-patent-grant}
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
2014-02-20 14:21:18 +00:00
We digress again briefly from our section-by-section consideration of GPLv2
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
to consider the interaction between the terms of GPL and patent law. The
2014-02-20 14:21:18 +00:00
GPLv2, despite being silent with respect to patents, actually confers on its
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
licensees more rights to a licensor's patents than those licenses that
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
purport to address the issue. This is the case because patent law, under
the doctrine of implied license, gives to each distributee of a patented
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
article a license from the distributor to practice any patent claims owned
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
or held by the distributor that cover the distributed article. The
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
implied license also extends to any patent claims owned or held by the
distributor that cover ``reasonably contemplated uses'' of the patented
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
article. To quote the Federal Circuit Court of Appeals, the highest court
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
for patent cases other than the Supreme Court:
\begin { quotation}
Generally, when a seller sells a product without restriction, it in
effect promises the purchaser that in exchange for the price paid, it will
not interfere with the purchaser's full enjoyment of the product
purchased. The buyer has an implied license under any patents of the
seller that dominate the product or any uses of the product to which the
parties might reasonably contemplate the product will be put.
\end { quotation}
Hewlett-Packard Co. v. Repeat-O-Type Stencil Mfg. Corp., Inc., 123 F.3d
2014-03-19 15:50:31 +00:00
1445, 1451 (Fed. Cir. 1997).
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
Of course, Free Software is licensed, not sold, and there are indeed
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
restrictions placed on the licensee, but those differences are not likely
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
to prevent the application of the implied license doctrine to Free
Software, because software licensed under the GPL grants the licensee the
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
right to make, use, and sell the software, each of which are exclusive
2014-02-20 14:21:18 +00:00
rights of a patent holder. Therefore, although the GPLv2 does not expressly
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
grant the licensee the right to do those things under any patents the
licensor may have that cover the software or its reasonably contemplated
2014-02-20 14:21:18 +00:00
uses, by licensing the software under the GPLv2, the distributor impliedly
licenses those patents to the GPLv2 licensee with respect to the GPLv2'd
software.
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
2014-02-20 14:21:18 +00:00
An interesting issue regarding this implied patent license of GPLv2'd
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
software is what would be considered ``uses of the [software] to which
the parties might reasonably contemplate the product will be put.'' A
2014-02-20 14:21:18 +00:00
clever advocate may argue that the implied license granted by GPLv2 is
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
larger in scope than the express license in other Free Software
2014-03-19 15:50:31 +00:00
licenses with express patent grants, in that the patent license
clause of many of those other Free Software licenses are specifically
limited to the patent claims covered by the code as licensed by the patentee.
In contrast, a GPLv2 licensee, under the doctrine of implied patent license,
is free to practice any patent claims held by the licensor that cover
``reasonably contemplated uses'' of the GPL'd code, which may very well
include creation and distribution of derivative works since the GPL's terms,
under which the patented code is distributed, expressly permits such activity.
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
Further supporting this result is the Federal Circuit's pronouncement that
the recipient of a patented article has, not only an implied license to
make, use, and sell the article, but also an implied patent license to
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
repair the article to enable it to function properly, Bottom Line Mgmt.,
Inc. v. Pan Man, Inc., 228 F.3d 1352 (Fed. Cir. 2000). Additionally, the
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
Federal Circuit extended that rule to include any future recipients of the
patented article, not just the direct recipient from the distributor.
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
This theory comports well with the idea of Free Software, whereby software
2014-03-21 00:56:36 +00:00
is distributed among many entities within the community for the purpose
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
of constant evolution and improvement. In this way, the law of implied
2014-02-20 14:21:18 +00:00
patent license used by the GPLv2 ensures that the community mutually
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
benefits from the licensing of patents to any single community member.
2014-02-20 14:21:18 +00:00
Note that simply because GPLv2'd software has an implied patent license does
not mean that any patents held by a distributor of GPLv2'd code become
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
worthless. To the contrary, the patents are still valid and enforceable
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
against either:
\begin { enumerate}
\renewcommand { \theenumi } { \alph { enumi} }
\renewcommand { \labelenumi } { \textup { (\theenumi )} }
2014-02-20 14:21:18 +00:00
\item any software other than that licensed under the GPLv2 by the patent
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
holder, and
2014-02-20 14:21:18 +00:00
\item any party that does not comply with the GPLv2
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
with respect to the licensed software.
\end { enumerate}
\newcommand { \compB } { $ \mathcal { B } $ }
\newcommand { \compA } { $ \mathcal { A } $ }
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
For example, if Company \compA { } has a patent on advanced Web browsing, but
2014-03-21 21:10:46 +00:00
also licenses a Web browsing program under the GPLv2, then it
2014-03-19 16:12:18 +00:00
cannot assert the patent against any party based on that party's use of
Company \compA { } 's GPL'ed Web browsing software program, or on that party's
creation and use of derivative works of that GPL'ed program. However, if a
party uses that program without
complying with the GPLv2, then Company \compA { } can assert both copyright
infringement claims against the non-GPLv2-compliant party and
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
infringement of the patent, because the implied patent license only
2014-02-20 14:21:18 +00:00
extends to use of the software in accordance with the GPLv2. Further, if
2014-03-19 16:12:18 +00:00
Company \compB { } distributes a competitive advanced Web browsing program
2014-03-21 00:56:36 +00:00
that is not a derivative work of Company \compA { } 's GPL'd Web browsing software
2014-03-19 16:12:18 +00:00
program, Company \compA { } is free to assert its patent against any user or
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
distributor of that product. It is irrelevant whether Company \compB 's
2014-03-19 16:12:18 +00:00
program is also distributed under the GPLv2, as Company \compB { } can not grant
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
implied licenses to Company \compA 's patent.
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
This result also reassures companies that they need not fear losing their
2014-02-20 14:21:18 +00:00
proprietary value in patents to competitors through the GPLv2 implied patent
license, as only those competitors who adopt and comply with the GPLv2's
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
terms can benefit from the implied patent license. To continue the
2004-02-12 21:08:33 +00:00
example above, Company \compB { } does not receive a free ride on Company
\compA 's patent, as Company \compB { } has not licensed-in and then
2014-02-20 14:21:18 +00:00
redistributed Company A's advanced Web browser under the GPLv2. If Company
2004-02-12 21:08:33 +00:00
\compB { } does do that, however, Company \compA { } still has not lost
competitive advantage against Company \compB { } , as Company \compB { } must then,
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
when it re-distributes Company \compA 's program, grant an implied license
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
to any of its patents that cover the program. Further, if Company \compB { }
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
relicenses an improved version of Company A's program, it must do so under
2014-02-20 14:21:18 +00:00
the GPLv2, meaning that any patents it holds that cover the improved version
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
are impliedly licensed to any licensee. As such, the only way Company
2004-02-12 21:08:33 +00:00
\compB { } can benefit from Company \compA 's implied patent license, is if it,
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
itself, distributes Company \compA 's software program and grants an
implied patent license to any of its patents that cover that program.
2003-05-28 23:01:46 +00:00
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
\chapter { Defending Freedom on Many Fronts}
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
2014-03-18 22:04:51 +00:00
Chapters~\ref { run-and-verbatim} and~\ref { source-and-binary} presented the
core freedom-defending provisions of GPLv2\@ , which are in GPLv2~\S \S 0--3.
GPLv2\S \S ~4--7 of the GPLv2 are designed to ensure that GPLv2~\S \S 0--3 are
not infringed, are enforceable, are kept to the confines of copyright law but
also not trumped by other copyright agreements or components of other
entirely separate legal systems. In short, while GPLv2~\S \S 0--3 are the parts
of the license that defend the freedoms of users and programmers,
GPLv2~\S \S 4--7 are the parts of the license that keep the playing field clear
2014-03-19 16:39:40 +00:00
so that \S \S ~0--3 can do their jobs.
2003-05-29 18:09:03 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
\section { GPLv2~\S 4: Termination on Violation}
2014-03-16 23:34:32 +00:00
\label { GPLv2s4}
2003-05-28 23:01:46 +00:00
2014-03-18 22:04:51 +00:00
GPLv2~\S 4 is GPLv2's termination clause. Upon first examination, it seems
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
strange that a license with the goal of defending users' and programmers'
2003-05-29 18:09:03 +00:00
freedoms for perpetuity in an irrevocable way would have such a clause.
However, upon further examination, the difference between irrevocability
and this termination clause becomes clear.
The GPL is irrevocable in the sense that once a copyright holder grants
2014-03-18 22:04:51 +00:00
rights for someone to copy, modify and redistribute the software under terms
of the GPL, they cannot later revoke that grant. Since the GPL has no
provision allowing the copyright holder to take such a prerogative, the
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
license is granted as long as the copyright remains in effect.\footnote { In
2014-03-18 22:04:51 +00:00
the USA, due to unfortunate legislation, the length of copyright is nearly
perpetual, even though the Constitution forbids perpetual copyright.} The
copyright holders have the right to relicense the same work under different
licenses (see Section~\ref { Proprietary Relicensing} of this tutorial), or to
stop distributing the GPLv2'd version (assuming GPLv2~\S 3(b) was never used),
but they may not revoke the rights under GPLv2 already granted.
2003-05-29 18:09:03 +00:00
In fact, when an entity looses their right to copy, modify and distribute
2014-03-18 22:04:51 +00:00
GPL'd software, it is because of their \emph { own actions} , not that of the
2014-03-21 21:17:19 +00:00
copyright holder. The copyright holder does not decide when GPLv2~\S 4
2014-03-18 22:04:51 +00:00
termination occurs (if ever); rather, the actions of the licensee determine
that.
2003-05-29 18:09:03 +00:00
Under copyright law, the GPL has granted various rights and freedoms to
the licensee to perform specific types of copying, modification, and
2014-03-18 22:04:51 +00:00
redistribution. By default, all other types of copying, modification, and
redistribution are prohibited. GPLv2~\S 4 says that if you undertake any of
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
those other types (e.g., redistributing binary-only in violation of GPLv2~\S 3),
2003-05-29 18:09:03 +00:00
then all rights under the license --- even those otherwise permitted for
those who have not violated --- terminate automatically.
2014-03-18 22:04:51 +00:00
GPLv2~\S 4 makes GPLv2 enforceable. If licensees fail to adhere to the
license, then they are stuck without any permission under to engage in
activities covered by copyright law. They must completely cease and desist
from all copying, modification and distribution of the GPL'd software.
2003-05-29 18:09:03 +00:00
2014-03-18 22:04:51 +00:00
At that point, violating licensees must gain the forgiveness of the copyright
holders to have their rights restored. Alternatively, the violators could
2003-05-29 18:24:15 +00:00
negotiate another agreement, separate from GPL, with the copyright
2014-03-18 22:25:01 +00:00
holder. Both are common practice, although
\tutorialpartsplit { as discussed in \textit { A Practical Guide to GPL
Compliance} , there are } { Chapter~\ref { compliance-understanding-whos-enforcing}
explains further } key differences between these two very different uses of GPL.
2003-05-29 18:09:03 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
\section { GPLv2~\S 5: Acceptance, Copyright Style}
2014-03-16 23:34:32 +00:00
\label { GPLv2s5}
2003-05-28 23:01:46 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
GPLv2~\S 5 brings us to perhaps the most fundamental misconception and common
2014-02-20 14:21:18 +00:00
confusion about GPLv2\@ . Because of the prevalence of proprietary software,
2003-05-29 18:24:15 +00:00
most users, programmers, and lawyers alike tend to be more familiar with
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
EULAs. EULAs are believed by their authors to be contracts, requiring
2003-05-29 18:24:15 +00:00
formal agreement between the licensee and the software distributor to be
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
valid. This has led to mechanisms like ``shrink-wrap'' and ``click-wrap''
2003-05-29 18:24:15 +00:00
as mechanisms to perform acceptance ceremonies with EULAs.
2014-03-18 22:33:18 +00:00
The GPL does not need contract law to ``transfer rights.'' Usually, no rights
2014-03-21 00:56:36 +00:00
are transferred between parties. By contrast, the GPL is primarily a permission
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
slip to undertake activities that would otherwise have been prohibited
2014-03-18 22:33:18 +00:00
by copyright law. As such, GPL needs no acceptance ceremony; the
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
licensee is not even required to accept the license.
2003-05-29 18:24:15 +00:00
However, without the GPL, the activities of copying, modifying and
2014-03-18 22:33:18 +00:00
distributing the software would have otherwise been prohibited. So, the
2003-05-29 18:24:15 +00:00
GPL says that you only accepted the license by undertaking activities that
you would have otherwise been prohibited without your license under GPL\@ .
This is a certainly subtle point, and requires a mindset quite different
from the contractual approach taken by EULA authors.
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
An interesting side benefit to GPLv2~\S 5 is that the bulk of users of Free
2014-03-18 22:33:18 +00:00
Software are not required to accept the license. Undertaking fair and
2003-05-29 18:24:15 +00:00
unregulated use of the work, for example, does not bind you to the GPL,
since you are not engaging in activity that is otherwise controlled by
2014-03-18 22:33:18 +00:00
copyright law. Only when you engage in those activities that might have an
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
impact on the freedom of others does license acceptance occur, and the
2014-03-18 22:33:18 +00:00
terms begin to bind you to fair and equitable sharing of the software. In
2003-05-29 18:24:15 +00:00
other words, the GPL only kicks in when it needs to for the sake of
freedom.
2014-03-18 22:33:35 +00:00
While GPL is by default a copyright license, it is certainly still possible
to consider GPL as a contract as well. For example, some distributors chose
2014-03-21 21:17:19 +00:00
to ``wrap'' their software in an acceptance ceremony to the GPL, and nothing in
the GPL prohibits that use. Furthermore, the ruling in \textit { Jacobsen
2014-03-18 22:33:35 +00:00
v. Katzer, 535 F.3d 1373, 1380 (Fed.Cir.2008)} indicates that \textbf { both}
copyright and contractual remedies may be sought by a copyright holder
seeking to enforce a license designed to uphold software freedom.
2014-03-21 02:01:07 +00:00
% FIXME-LATER: Write this
%\section{Using GPL Both as a Contract and Copyright License}
2014-02-20 14:21:18 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
\section { GPLv2~\S 6: GPL, My One and Only}
2014-03-16 23:34:32 +00:00
\label { GPLv2s6}
2003-05-29 18:24:15 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
A point that was glossed over in Section~\ref { GPLv2s4} 's discussion of GPLv2~\S 4
2014-02-20 14:21:18 +00:00
was the irrevocable nature of the GPL\@ . The GPLv2 is indeed irrevocable,
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
and it is made so formally by GPLv2~\S 6.
2003-05-29 19:00:18 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
The first sentence in GPLv2~\S 6 ensures that as software propagates down the
2003-05-29 19:00:18 +00:00
distribution chain, that each licensor can pass along the license to each
2014-03-18 22:37:53 +00:00
new licensee. Under GPLv2~\S 6, the act of distributing automatically grants a
license from the original licensor to the next recipient. This creates a
2003-05-29 19:00:18 +00:00
chain of grants that ensure that everyone in the distribution has rights
2014-03-18 22:37:53 +00:00
under the GPLv2\@ . In a mathematical sense, this bounds the bottom ---
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
making sure that future licensees get no fewer rights than the licensee before.
2003-05-29 19:00:18 +00:00
2014-03-18 22:37:53 +00:00
The second sentence of GPLv2~\S 6 does the opposite; it bounds from the top. It
2003-05-29 19:00:18 +00:00
prohibits any licensor along the distribution chain from placing
2014-03-18 22:37:53 +00:00
additional restrictions on the user. In other words, no additional
2014-02-20 14:21:18 +00:00
requirements may trump the rights and freedoms given by GPLv2\@ .
2003-05-29 19:00:18 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
The final sentence of GPLv2~\S 6 makes it abundantly clear that no individual
2003-05-29 19:00:18 +00:00
entity in the distribution chain is responsible for the compliance of any
2014-03-18 22:37:53 +00:00
other. This is particularly important for noncommercial users who have
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
passed along a source offer under GPLv2~\S 3(c), as they cannot be assured that
the issuer of the offer will honor their GPLv2~\S 3 obligations.
2003-05-29 19:00:18 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
In short, GPLv2~\S 6 says that your license for the software is your one and
2003-05-29 19:00:18 +00:00
only copyright license allowing you to copy, modify and distribute the
software.
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
\section { GPLv2~\S 7: ``Give Software Liberty or Give It Death!''}
2014-03-16 23:34:32 +00:00
\label { GPLv2s7}
2003-05-28 23:01:46 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
In essence, GPLv2~\S 7 is a verbosely worded way of saying for non-copyright
2014-03-18 22:37:53 +00:00
systems what GPLv2~\S 6 says for copyright. If there exists any reason that a
2003-05-29 19:15:47 +00:00
distributor knows of that would prohibit later licensees from exercising
their full rights under GPL, then distribution is prohibited.
Originally, this was designed as the title of this section suggests --- as
2014-03-18 22:37:53 +00:00
a last ditch effort to make sure that freedom was upheld. However, in
modern times, it has come to give much more. Now that the body of GPL'd
2003-05-29 19:15:47 +00:00
software is so large, patent holders who would want to be distributors of
2014-03-18 22:37:53 +00:00
GPL'd software have a tough choice. They must choose between avoiding
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
distribution of GPL'd software that exercises the teachings of their
2003-05-29 19:15:47 +00:00
patents, or grant a royalty-free, irrevocable, non-exclusive license to
2014-03-18 22:37:53 +00:00
those patents. Many companies have chosen the latter.
2003-05-29 19:15:47 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
Thus, GPLv2~\S 7 rarely gives software death by stopping its distribution.
2003-05-29 19:15:47 +00:00
Instead, it is inspiring patent holders to share their patents in the same
freedom-defending way that they share their copyrighted works.
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
\section { GPLv2~\S 8: Excluding Problematic Jurisdictions}
2014-03-16 23:34:32 +00:00
\label { GPLv2s8}
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
2014-03-18 22:37:53 +00:00
GPLv2~\S 8 is rarely used by copyright holders. Its intention is that if a
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
particular country, say Unfreedonia, grants particular patents or allows
2003-05-29 19:47:01 +00:00
copyrighted interfaces (no country to our knowledge even permits those
2014-02-20 14:21:18 +00:00
yet), that the GPLv2'd software can continue in free and unabated
2003-05-29 19:47:01 +00:00
distribution in the countries where such controls do not exist.
2014-03-20 12:09:29 +00:00
As far as is currently known, GPLv2~\S 8 has very rarely been formally used by
copyright holders. Admittedly, some have used GPLv2~\S 8 to explain various
odd special topics of distribution (usually related in some way to
GPLv2~\S 7). However, generally speaking, this section is not proven
particularly useful in the more than two decades of GPLv2 history.
Meanwhile, despite many calls by the FSF (and others) for those licensors who
explicitly use this section to come forward and explain their reasoning, no
one ever did. Furthermore, research conducted during the GPLv3 drafting
process found exactly one licensor who had invoked this section to add an
explicit geographical distribution limitation, and the reasoning for that one
invocation was not fitting with FSF's intended spirit of GPLv2~\S 8. As such,
GPLv2~\S 8 was not included at all in GPLv3.
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
2003-05-29 19:00:18 +00:00
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\chapter { Odds, Ends, and Absolutely No Warranty}
2014-03-18 22:41:10 +00:00
GPLv2~\S \S 0--7 constitute the freedom-defending terms of the GPLv2. The remainder
2014-03-21 21:22:43 +00:00
of the GPLv2 handles administrive and issues concerning warranties and
2003-05-29 20:16:16 +00:00
liability.
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
\section { GPLv2~\S 9: FSF as Stewards of GPL}
2014-03-16 23:34:32 +00:00
\label { GPLv2s9}
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
2003-05-29 20:16:16 +00:00
FSF reserves the exclusive right to publish future versions of the GPL\@ ;
2014-03-18 22:41:10 +00:00
GPLv2~\S 9 expresses this. While the stewardship of the copyrights on the body
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
of GPL'd software around the world is shared among thousands of
2003-05-29 20:16:16 +00:00
individuals and organizations, the license itself needs a single steward.
2014-03-18 22:41:10 +00:00
Forking of the code is often regrettable but basically innocuous. Forking
2003-05-29 20:16:16 +00:00
of licensing is disastrous.
2014-03-18 22:43:21 +00:00
(Chapter~\ref { tale-of-two-copylefts} discusses more about the various
versions of GPL.)
2003-05-29 20:16:16 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
\section { GPLv2~\S 10: Relicensing Permitted}
2014-03-16 23:34:32 +00:00
\label { GPLv2s10}
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
GPLv2~\S 10 reminds the licensee of what is already implied by the nature of
2014-03-18 22:49:37 +00:00
copyright law. Namely, the copyright holder of a particular software
2003-05-29 20:16:16 +00:00
program has the prerogative to grant alternative agreements under separate
copyright licenses.
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
\section { GPLv2~\S 11: No Warranty}
2014-03-16 23:34:32 +00:00
\label { GPLv2s11}
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
2014-03-18 22:48:40 +00:00
Most warranty disclaimer language shout at you. The
\href { http://www.law.cornell.edu/ucc/2/2-316} { Uniform Commercial
Code~\S 2-316} requires that disclaimers of warranty be ``conspicuous''.
There is apparently general acceptance that \textsc { all caps} is the
preferred way to make something conspicuous, and that has over decades worked
its way into the voodoo tradition of warranty disclaimer writing.
2003-05-29 20:16:16 +00:00
2014-03-20 12:17:19 +00:00
That said, there is admittedly some authority under USA law suggesting that
effective warranty disclaimers that conspicuousness can be established by
capitalization and is absent when a disclaimer has the same typeface as the
terms surrounding it (see \textit { Stevenson v.~TRW, Inc.} , 987 F.2d 288, 296
(5th Cir.~1993)). While GPLv3's drafters doubted that such authority would
apply to copyright licenses like the GPL, the FSF has nevertheless left
warranty and related disclaimers in \textsc { all caps} throughout all versions
2014-03-20 12:26:05 +00:00
of GPL\@ \footnote { One of the authors of this tutorial, Bradley M.~Kuhn, has
often suggested the aesthetically preferable compromise of a
\textsc { specifically designed ``small caps'' font, such as this one, as an
alternative to} WRITING IN ALL CAPS IN THE DEFAULT FONT (LIKE THIS),
since the latter adds more ugliness than conspicuousness. Kuhn once
engaged in reversion war with a lawyer who disagreed, but that lawyer never
answered Kuhn's requests for case law that argues THIS IS INHERENTLY MORE
CONSPICUOUS \textsc { Than this is} .} .
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
as released on 2007-03-28.
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) went through FSF's "Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
and pasted in any sections that seemed useful to this tutorial. There is a
lot of interesting material in that particular rationale document, although
much of it is probably too verbose for inclusion. I expect much of this will
need to be cut out.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-guide
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-rationale.tex
As I pasted in this text, I added FIXME's sometimes where it seemed the text
might need work. However, I was much more extensive in just pasting here, so
there's a big editing job now. The whole GPLv3 chapter is now completely
disjoint with all this pasting.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice is
preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2007-03-28 15:20:11 +00:00
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
Some have argued the GPL is unenforceable in some jurisdictions because
2014-03-18 22:49:37 +00:00
its disclaimer of warranties is impermissibly broad. However, GPLv2~\S 11
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
contains a jurisdictional savings provision, which states that it is to be
2014-03-18 22:49:37 +00:00
interpreted only as broadly as allowed by applicable law. Such a
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
provision ensures that both it, and the entire GPL, is enforceable in any
jurisdiction, regardless of any particular law regarding the
permissibility of certain warranty disclaimers.
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
Finally, one important point to remember when reading GPLv2~\S 11 is that GPLv2~\S 1
permits the sale of warranty as an additional service, which GPLv2~\S 11 affirms.
2003-05-28 23:01:46 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
\section { GPLv2~\S 12: Limitation of Liability}
2014-03-16 23:34:32 +00:00
\label { GPLv2s12}
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
2003-05-29 20:16:16 +00:00
There are many types of warranties, and in some jurisdictions some of them
2014-03-18 22:49:37 +00:00
cannot be disclaimed. Therefore, usually agreements will have both a
warranty disclaimer and a limitation of liability, as we have in GPLv2~\S 12.
GPLv2~\S 11 thus gets rid of all implied warranties that can legally be
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
disavowed. GPLv2~\S 12, in turn, limits the liability of the actor for any
2003-05-29 20:16:16 +00:00
warranties that cannot legally be disclaimed in a particular jurisdiction.
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
Again, some have argued the GPL is unenforceable in some jurisdictions
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
because its limitation of liability is impermissibly broad. However, \S
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
12, just like its sister, GPLv2~\S 11, contains a jurisdictional savings
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
provision, which states that it is to be interpreted only as broadly as
2014-03-18 22:49:37 +00:00
allowed by applicable law. As stated above, such a provision ensures that
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
both GPLv2~\S 12, and the entire GPL, is enforceable in any jurisdiction,
2004-01-15 22:25:49 +00:00
regardless of any particular law regarding the permissibility of limiting
liability.
2003-05-29 20:16:16 +00:00
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
So end the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public License.
2003-05-29 20:16:16 +00:00
2014-02-20 14:34:49 +00:00
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
2014-03-20 14:12:30 +00:00
\chapter { GPL Version 3}
2014-03-16 21:23:13 +00:00
\label { GPLv3}
2014-02-20 14:34:49 +00:00
2014-03-19 11:53:50 +00:00
This chapter discussed the text of GPLv3. Much of this material herein
includes text that was adapted (with permission) from text that FSF
originally published as part of the so-called ``rationale documents'' for the
various discussion drafts of GPLv3.
The FSF ran a somewhat public process to develop GPLv3, and it was the first
attempt of its kind to develop a Free Software license this way. Ultimately,
RMS was the primary author of GPLv3, but he listened to feedback from all
sorts of individuals and even for-profit companies. Nevertheless, in
attempting to understand GPLv3 after the fact, the materials available from
the GPLv3 process have a somewhat ``drinking from the firehose'' effect.
This chapter seeks to explain GPLv3 to newcomers, who perhaps are familiar
2014-03-19 22:32:45 +00:00
with GPLv2 and who did not participate in the GPLv3 process.
Those who wish to drink from the firehose and take a diachronic approach to
2014-03-21 21:26:43 +00:00
GPLv3 study by reading the step-by-step public drafting process of the GPLv3 (which
2014-03-19 22:32:45 +00:00
occurred from Monday 16 January 2006 through Monday 19 November 2007) should
visit \url { http://gplv3.fsf.org/} .
2014-03-19 11:53:50 +00:00
2014-02-20 14:34:49 +00:00
\section { Understanding GPLv3 As An Upgraded GPLv2}
2014-03-19 11:53:50 +00:00
Ultimately, GPLv2 and GPLv3 co-exist as active licenses in regular use. As
2014-03-19 22:32:45 +00:00
discussed in Chapter\~ ref{ tale-of-two-copylefts} , GPLv1 was never regularly
used alongside GPLv2. However, given GPLv2's widespread popularity and
2014-03-19 11:53:50 +00:00
existing longevity by the time GPLv3 was published, it is not surprising that
2014-03-19 22:32:45 +00:00
some licensors still prefer GPLv2-only or GPLv2-or-later. GPLv3 gained major
adoption by many projects, old and new, but many projects have not upgraded
due to (in some cases) mere laziness and (in other cases) policy preference
for some of GPLv2's terms and/or policy opposition to GPLv3's terms.
Given this ``two GPLs world'' is reality, it makes sense to consider GPLv3 in
terms of how it differs from GPLv2. Also, most of the best GPL experts in
the world must deal regularly with both licenses, and admittedly have decades
2014-03-21 21:29:18 +00:00
of experience with GPLv2 while the most experience with GPLv3 that's possible
2014-03-19 22:32:45 +00:00
is by default less than a decade. These two factors usually cause even new
students of GPL to start with GPLv2 and move on to GPLv3, and this tutorial
follows that pattern.
2014-03-19 11:53:50 +00:00
2014-03-19 13:52:54 +00:00
Overall, the changes made in GPLv3 admittedly \textit { increased} the
complexity of the license. The FSF stated at the start of the GPLv3 process
that they would have liked to oblige those who have asked for a simpler and
2014-03-19 22:32:45 +00:00
shorter GPL\@ . Ultimately, the FSF gave priority to making GPLv3 a better
copyleft in the spirit of past GPL's. Obsession for concision should never
trump software freedom.
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
2014-03-19 23:17:52 +00:00
The FSF had many different, important goals in seeking to upgrade to GPLv3.
However, one important goal that is often lost in the discussion of policy
minutia is a rather simple but important issue. Namely, FSF sought to assure
that GPLv3 was more easily internationalized than GPLv2. In particular, the
FSF sought to ease interpretation of GPL in other countries by replacement of
USA-centric\footnote { See Section~\ref { non-usa-copyright} of this tutorial for
a brief discussion about non-USA copyright systems.} copyright phrases and
wording with neutral terminology rooted in description of behavior rather
than specific statue. As can be seen in the section-by-section discussion of
GPLv3 that follows, nearly every section had changes related to issues of
internationalization.
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
\section { GPLv3~\S 0: Giving In On ``Defined Terms''}
2014-03-21 00:34:02 +00:00
\label { GPLv3s0}
2014-02-20 14:34:49 +00:00
2014-03-19 13:54:12 +00:00
One of lawyers' most common complaints about GPLv2 is that defined terms in
the document appear throughout. Most licenses define terms up-front.
2014-03-21 21:29:18 +00:00
However, the GPL was always designed both as a document that should be easily
2014-03-19 13:54:12 +00:00
understood both by lawyers and by software developers: it is a document
designed to give freedom to software developers and users, and therefore it
should be comprehensible to that constituency.
Interestingly enough, one coauthor of this tutorial who is both a lawyer and
a developer pointed out that in law school, she understood defined terms more
quickly than other law students precisely because of her programming
background. For developers, having \verb 0#define0 (in the C programming
language) or other types of constants and/or macros that automatically expand
in the place where they are used is second nature. As such, adding a defined
terms section was not terribly problematic for developers, and thus GPLv3
adds one. Most of these defined terms are somewhat straightforward and bring
forward better worded definitions from GPLv2. Herein, this tutorial
discusses a few of the new ones.
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
2014-03-19 23:17:52 +00:00
GPLv3~\S 0 includes definitions of five new terms not found in any form in
GPLv2: ``modify'' ``covered work'', ``propagate'', ``convey'', and
``Appropriate Legal Notices''.
\subsection { Modify and the Work Based on the Program}
GPLv2 included a defined term, ``work based on the Program'', but also used
the term ``modify'' and ``based on'' throughout the license. GPLv2's ``work
based on the Program'' definition made use of a legal term of art,
``derivative work'', which is peculiar to USA copyright law. However,
2014-03-21 21:34:08 +00:00
ironically, most criticism of USA-specific legal terminology in GPLv2's
2014-03-19 23:17:52 +00:00
``work based on the Program'' definition historically came not primarily from
readers outside the USA, but from those within it\footnote { The FSF noted in
that it did not generally agree with these views, and expressed puzzlement
by the energy with which they were expressed, given the existence of many
other, more difficult legal issues implicated by the GPL. Nevertheless,
the FSF argued that it made sense to eliminate usage of local copyright
terminology to good effect.} . Admittedly, even though differently-labeled
concepts corresponding to the derivative work are recognized in all copyright
law systems, these counterpart concepts might differ to some degree in scope
and breadth from the USA derivative work.
The goal and intention of GPLv2 was always to cover all rights governed by
relevant copyright law, in the USA and elsewhere. GPLv3 therefore takes the
task of internationalizing the license further by removing references to
derivative works and by providing a more globally useful definition. The new
definition returns to the common elements of copyright law. Copyright
holders of works of software have the exclusive right to form new works by
modification of the original --- a right that may be expressed in various
ways in different legal systems. GPLv3 operates to grant this right to
successive generations of users (particularly through the copyleft conditions
set forth in GPLv3~\S 5, as described later in this tutorial in its
\S ~\ref { GPLv3s5} ). Here in GPLv3~\S 0, ``modify'' refers to basic copyright
rights, and then this definition of ``modify'' is used to define ``modified
version of'' and ``work based on,'' as synonyms.
2014-03-19 13:57:00 +00:00
2014-03-21 02:05:28 +00:00
\subsection { The Covered Work}
2014-03-20 09:25:22 +00:00
GPLv3 uses a common license drafting technique of building upon simpler
definitions to make complex ones. The Program is a defined term found
throughout GPLv2, and the word ``covered'' and the phrase ``covered by this
license'' are used in tandem with the Program in GPLv2, but not as part of a
definition. GPLv3 offers a single term ``covered work'', which enables some
of the wording in GPLv3 to be simpler and clearer than its GPLv2
counterparts.
Relevant text from FSF's "Denationalization of Terminology"
as published circa late 2006-07 (around time of GPLv3 Second Discussion Draft)
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) carefully went through FSF's "Denationalization of
Terminology", which appears to have been published on Wednesday 2 August 2006
(a few days after the second GPLv2 discussion draft published on Thursday 27
July 2006), and merged in any relevant text and descriptions that might be of
use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/opinions-draft-2.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/denationalization-dd2.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2006-08-02 20:47:30 +00:00
2014-03-21 02:05:28 +00:00
\subsection { Propagate}
2014-03-19 13:58:25 +00:00
The term ``propagate'' serves two purposes. First, ``propagate'' provides a
simple and convenient means for distinguishing between the kinds of uses of a
2014-03-20 09:38:49 +00:00
work that GPL imposes conditions on and the kinds of uses that GPL does not
(for the most part) impose conditions on.
Second, ``propagate'' helps globalize GPL in its wording and effect. When a
work is GPL'd, the copyright law of some particular country will govern
certain legal issues arising under the license. A term like ``distribute''
(or its equivalent in languages other than English) is used in several
national copyright statutes. Yet, practical experience with GPLv2 revealed
the awkwardness of using the term ``distribution'' in a license intended for
global use: the scope of ``distribution'' in the copyright context can differ
from country to country. The GPL never necessarily intended the specific
meaning of ``distribution'' that exists under USA (or any other country's)
copyright law.
Indeed, even within a single country and language, the term distribution may
be ambiguous; as a legal term of art, distribution varies significantly in
meaning among those countries that recognize it. For example, comments
during GPLv3's drafting process indicated that in at least one country,
distribution may not include network transfers of software but may include
interdepartmental transfers of physical copies within an organization.
Meanwhile, the copyright laws of many countries, as well as certain
international copyright treaties, recognize ``making available to the
public'' or ``communication to the public'' as one of the exclusive rights of
copyright holders.
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Second Discussion Draft Rationale", as
published circa late 2006-07, (around time of GPLv3 Second Discussion Draft)
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) carefully went through FSF's "DRM", which appears to have
been published on Thursday 27 July 2006, and merged in any relevant footnotes
that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/opinions-draft-2.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd1to2-markup-rationale.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2006-07-27 16:13:49 +00:00
2014-03-19 13:58:25 +00:00
Therefore, the GPL defines the term ``propagate'' by reference to activities
that require permission under ``applicable copyright law'', but excludes
execution and private modification from the definition. GPLv3's definition
also gives examples of activities that may be included within ``propagation''
but it also makes clear that, under the copyright laws of a given country,
``propagation'' may include other activities as well.
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
2014-03-20 09:38:49 +00:00
Thus, propagation is defined by behavior, and not by categories drawn from
some particular national copyright statute. This helps not only with
internationalization, but also factually-based terminology aids in
2014-03-21 21:34:08 +00:00
developers' and users' understanding of the GPL\@ .
Relevant text from FSF's "Denationalization of Terminology"
as published circa late 2006-07 (around time of GPLv3 Second Discussion Draft)
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) carefully went through FSF's "Denationalization of
Terminology", which appears to have been published on Wednesday 2 August 2006
(a few days after the second GPLv2 discussion draft published on Thursday 27
July 2006), and merged in any relevant text and descriptions that might be of
use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/opinions-draft-2.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/denationalization-dd2.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2006-08-02 20:47:30 +00:00
2014-03-21 02:05:28 +00:00
\subsection { Convey}
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
2014-03-20 09:42:48 +00:00
Further to this point, a subset of propagate --- ``convey'' --- is defined.
Conveying includes activities that constitute propagation of copies to
others. As with the definition of propagate, GPLv3 thus addresses transfers
of copies of software in behavioral rather than statutory terms.
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
2014-03-21 02:05:28 +00:00
\subsection { Appropriate Legal Notices}
2014-03-20 09:48:29 +00:00
GPLv2 used the term ``appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of
warranty'' in two places, which is a rather bulk term. Also, experience with
GPLv2 and other licenses that grant software freedom showed throughout the
1990s that the scope of types of notices that need preservation upon
conveyance were more broad that merely the copyright notices. The
Appropriate Legal Notice definition consolidates the material that GPLv2
traditionally required preserved into one definition.
2014-03-21 02:05:28 +00:00
\subsection { Other Defined Terms}
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
2014-03-19 22:34:41 +00:00
Note finally that not all defined terms in GPLv3 appear in GPLv3~\S 0.
Specifically, those defined terms that are confined in use to a single
2014-03-20 10:39:51 +00:00
section are defined in the section in which they are used, and GPLv3~\S 1
contains those definitions focused on source code. In this tutorial, those
defined terms are discussed in the section where they are defined and/or
2014-03-20 09:48:50 +00:00
used.
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
\section { GPLv3~\S 1: Understanding CCS}
2014-03-21 01:21:04 +00:00
\label { GPLv3s1}
2014-02-20 14:34:49 +00:00
2014-03-20 10:39:51 +00:00
Ensuring that users have the source code to the software they receive and the
freedom to modify remains the paramount right embodied in the Free Software
Definition (found in \S ~\ref { Free Software Definition} of this tutorial). As
such, GPLv3~\S 1 is likely one of the most important sections of GPLv3, as it
contains all the defined terms related to this important software freedom.
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
2014-03-20 10:39:51 +00:00
\subsection { Source Code Definition}
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
2014-03-21 02:09:36 +00:00
First, GPLv3~\S 1 retains GPLv2's definition of ``source code'' and adds an
2014-03-20 10:39:51 +00:00
explicit definition of ``object code'' as ``any non-source version of a
work''. Object code is not restricted to a narrow technical meaning and is
understood broadly to include any form of the work other than the preferred
2014-03-19 13:58:46 +00:00
form for making modifications to it. Object code therefore includes any kind
2014-03-19 14:00:03 +00:00
of transformed version of source code, such as bytecode or minified
Javascript. The definition of object code also ensures that licensees cannot
escape their obligations under the GPL by resorting to shrouded source or
obfuscated programming.
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
2014-03-20 10:39:51 +00:00
\subsection { CCS Definition}
The definition of CCS\footnote { Note that the preferred term for those who
work regularly with both GPLv2 and GPLv3 is ``Complete Corresponding
Source'', abbreviated to ``CCS''. Admittedly, the word ``complete'' no
longer appears in GPLv3 (which uses the word ``all'' instead). However,
both GPLv2 and the early drafts of GPLv3 itself used the word ``complete'',
and early GPLv3 drafts even called this defined term ``Complete
Corresponding Source''. Meanwhile, use of the acronym ``CCS'' (sometimes,
``C\& CS'') was so widespread among GPL enforcers that its use continues
even though GPLv3-focused experts tend to say just the defined term of
``Corresponding Source''.} , or, as GPLv3 officially calls it,
``Corresponding Source'' in GPLv3~\S 1\P 4 is possibly the most complex
definition in the license.
The CCS definition is broad so as to protect users' exercise of their rights
under the GPL\@ . The definition includes with particular examples to remove
any doubt that they are to be considered CCS\@ . GPLv3 seeks to make it
completely clear that a licensee cannot avoid complying with the requirements
of the GPL by dynamically linking a subprogram component to the original
version of a program. The example also clarifies that the shared libraries
and dynamically linked subprograms that are included in Corresponding Source
are those that the work is ``specifically'' designed to require, which
clarifies that they do not include libraries invoked by the work that can be
readily substituted by other existing implementations. While copyleft
advocates never doubted this was required under GPLv2's definition of CCS,
2014-03-21 21:48:04 +00:00
GPLv3 makes it abundantly clear with an extra example.
2014-03-20 10:39:51 +00:00
2014-03-21 21:50:54 +00:00
The GPL, as always, seeks to ensure users are truly in a position to install and
2014-03-20 10:39:51 +00:00
run their modified versions of the program; the CCS definition is designed to
be expansive to ensure this software freedom. However, although the
definition of CCS is expansive, it is not sufficient to protect users'
freedoms in many circumstances. For example, a GPL'd program, or a modified
version of such a program, might be locked-down and restricted. The
requirements in GPLv3~\S 6 (discussed in Section~\ref { GPLv3s6} of this
tutorial) handle that issue. (Early drafts of GPLv3 included those
requirements in the definition of CCS; however, given that the lock-down
issue only comes up in distribution of object code, it is more logical to
place those requirements with the parts of GPLv3 dealing directly with object
code distribution).
2014-03-20 10:47:59 +00:00
The penultimate paragraph in GPLv3\S 2 notes that GPLv3's CCS definition does
not require source that can be automatically generated. Many code
generators, preprocessors and take source code as input and sometimes even
have output that is still source code. Source code should always be whatever
the original programmer preferred to modify.
GPLv3\S 1's final paragraph removes any ambiguity about what should be done on
source-only distributions. Specifically, the right to convey source code
that does not compile, does not work, or otherwise is experimental
in-progress work is fully permitted, \textit { provided that} no object code
form is conveyed as well. Indeed, when combined with the permissions in
2014-03-20 12:17:52 +00:00
GPLv3\S ~5, it is clear that if one conveys \textit { only} source code, one can
2014-03-20 10:47:59 +00:00
never be required to provide more than that. One always has the right to
modify a source code work by deleting any part of it, and there can be no
requirement that free software source code be a whole functioning program.
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
as released on 2007-03-28.
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) went through FSF's "Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
and pasted in any sections that seemed useful to this tutorial. There is a
lot of interesting material in that particular rationale document, although
much of it is probably too verbose for inclusion. I expect much of this will
need to be cut out.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-guide
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-rationale.tex
As I pasted in this text, I added FIXME's sometimes where it seemed the text
might need work. However, I was much more extensive in just pasting here, so
there's a big editing job now. The whole GPLv3 chapter is now completely
disjoint with all this pasting.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice is
preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2007-03-28 15:20:11 +00:00
2014-03-20 13:34:48 +00:00
\subsection { The System Library Exception}
2014-03-20 12:01:17 +00:00
The previous section skipped over one part of the CCS definition, the
so-called system library exception. The ``System Libraries'' definition (and
the ``Standard Interface'' and ``Major Component'' definitions, which it
includes) are designed as part
to permit certain distribution arrangements that are considered reasonable by
copyleft advocates. The system library exception is designed to allow
copylefted software to link with these libraries when such linking would hurt
software freedom more than it would hurt proprietary software.
The system library exception has two parts. Part (a) rewords the GPLv2
2014-03-21 21:50:54 +00:00
exception for clarity replacing GPLv2's words ``unless that component itself
2014-03-20 12:01:17 +00:00
accompanies the executable'' with ``which is not part of the Major
Component''. The goal here is to not require disclosure of source code of
certain libraries, such as necessary Microsoft Windows DLLs (which aren't
part of Windows' kernel but accompany it) that are required for functioning
of copylefted programs compiled for Windows.
However, in isolation, (a) would be too permissive, as it would sometimes
allowing distributors to evade important GPL requirements. Part (b) reigns
in (a). Specifically, (b) specifies only a few functionalities that a the
system library may provide and still qualify for the exception. The goal is
to ensure system libraries are truly adjunct to a major essential operating
system component, compiler, or interpreter. The more low-level the
functionality provided by the library, the more likely it is to be qualified
for this exception.
Admittedly, the system library exception is a frequently discussed topic of
obsessed GPL theorists. The amount that has been written on the system
library exception (both the GPLv2 and GPLv3 versions of it), if included
herein, could easily increase this section of the tutorial to a length
greater than all the others.
Like any exception to the copyleft requirements of GPL, would-be GPL
violators frequently look to the system library exception as a potential
software freedom circumvention technique. When considering whether or not a
library qualifies for the system library exception, here is a pragmatic
thesis to consider, based on the combined decades of experience in GPL
interpretation of this tutorial's authors: the harder and more strained the
reader must study and read the system library exception, the more likely it
is that the library in question does not qualify for it.
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
\section { GPLv3~\S 2: Basic Permissions}
2014-02-20 14:34:49 +00:00
2014-03-20 12:32:02 +00:00
GPLv3~\S 2 can roughly be considered as an equivalent to GPLv2~\S 0 (discussed
2014-03-20 14:11:47 +00:00
in \S ~\ref { GPLv2s0} of this tutorial). However, the usual style of
2014-03-20 12:32:02 +00:00
improvements found in GPLv3 are found here as well. For example, the first
sentence of GPLv3~\S 2 furthers the goal internationalization. Under the
copyright laws of some countries, it may be necessary for a copyright license
to include an explicit provision setting forth the duration of the rights
being granted. In other countries, including the USA, such a provision is
unnecessary but permissible.
GPLv3~\S 2\P 1 also acknowledges that licensees under the GPL enjoy rights of
copyright fair use, or the equivalent under applicable law. These rights are
compatible with, and not in conflict with, the freedoms that the GPL seeks to
protect, and the GPL cannot and should not restrict them.
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
2014-03-20 12:40:19 +00:00
However, note that (sadly to some copyleft advocates) the unlimited freedom
to run is confined to the \textit { unmodified} Program. This confinement is
unfortunately necessary since Programs that do not qualify as a User Product
in GPLv3~\S 6 (see \S ~\ref { user-product} in this tutorial) might have certain
unfortunate restrictions on the freedom to run\footnote { See
2014-03-21 02:09:36 +00:00
\S ~\ref { freedom-to-run} of this tutorial for the details on ``the freedom to
2014-03-20 12:40:19 +00:00
run''.}
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
2014-03-20 12:42:17 +00:00
GPLv3~\S 2\P 2 distinguishes between activities of a licensee that are
permitted without limitation and activities that trigger additional
requirements. Specifically, GPLv3~\S 2\P 2 guarantees the basic freedoms of
privately modifying and running the program.
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
2014-03-20 12:46:34 +00:00
Also, GPLv3~\S 2\P 2 gives an explicit permission for a client to provide a
copy of its modified software to a contractor exclusively for that contractor
to modify it further, or run it, on behalf of the client. However, the
2014-03-20 12:47:41 +00:00
client can \textit { only} exercise this control over its own copyrighted
2014-03-20 12:46:34 +00:00
changes to the GPL-covered program. The parts of the program it obtained
from other contributors must be provided to the contractor with the usual GPL
freedoms. Thus, GPLv3 permits users to convey covered works to contractors
operating exclusively on the users' behalf, under the users' direction and
control, and to require the contractors to keep the users' copyrighted
2014-03-20 12:46:47 +00:00
changes confidential, but \textit { only if} the contractor is limited to acting
2014-03-20 12:46:34 +00:00
on the users' behalf (just as the users' employees would have to act).
The strict conditions in this ``contractors provision'' are needed so that it
cannot be twisted to fit other activities, such as making a program available
to downstream users or customers. By making the limits on this provision
2014-03-21 22:00:09 +00:00
very narrow, GPLv3 ensures that, in all other cases, contractor gets the
2014-03-20 12:46:34 +00:00
full freedoms of the GPL that they deserve.
2014-03-20 12:43:40 +00:00
2014-03-20 21:24:31 +00:00
The FSF was specifically asked to add this ``contractors provisions'' by
large enterprise users of Free Software, who often contract with non-employee
developers, working offsite, to make modifications intended for the user's
private or internal use, and often arrange with other companies to operate
their data centers. Whether GPLv2 permits these activities is not clear and
may depend on variations in copyright law in different jurisdictions. The
practices seem basically harmless, so FSF decided to make it clear they are
permitted.
2014-03-20 21:23:58 +00:00
2014-03-20 12:50:20 +00:00
GPLv3~\S 2's final paragraph includes an explicit prohibition of sublicensing.
This provision ensures that GPL enforcement is always by the copyright
holder. Usually, sublicensing is regarded as a practical convenience or
necessity for the licensee, to avoid having to negotiate a license with each
licensor in a chain of distribution. The GPL solves this problem in another
way --- through its automatic licensing provision found in GPLv3\~ S10 (which
is discussed in more detail in \S \~ ref{ GPLv3s10} of this tutorial).
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Second Discussion Draft Rationale", as
published circa late 2006-07, (around time of GPLv3 Second Discussion Draft)
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) carefully went through FSF's "DRM", which appears to have
been published on Thursday 27 July 2006, and merged in any relevant footnotes
that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/opinions-draft-2.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd1to2-markup-rationale.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2006-07-27 16:13:49 +00:00
2014-03-20 12:53:35 +00:00
\section { GPLv3's views on DRM and Device Lock-Down}
2014-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
\label { GPLv3-drm}
2014-03-20 12:53:35 +00:00
The issues of DRM, device lock-down and encryption key disclosure were the
most hotly debated during the GPLv3 process. FSF's views on this were sadly
frequently misunderstood and, comparing the provisions related to these
issues in the earliest drafts of GPLv3 to the final version of GPLv3 shows
the FSF's willingness to compromise on tactical issues to reach the larger
goal of software freedom.
Specifically, GPLv3 introduced provisions that respond to the growing
practice of distributing GPL-covered programs in devices that employ
technical means to restrict users from installing and running modified
versions. This practice thwarts the expectations of developers and users
alike, because the right to modify is one of the core freedoms the GPL is
designed to secure.
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
as released on 2007-03-28.
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) went through FSF's "Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
and pasted in any sections that seemed useful to this tutorial. There is a
lot of interesting material in that particular rationale document, although
much of it is probably too verbose for inclusion. I expect much of this will
need to be cut out.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-guide
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-rationale.tex
As I pasted in this text, I added FIXME's sometimes where it seemed the text
might need work. However, I was much more extensive in just pasting here, so
there's a big editing job now. The whole GPLv3 chapter is now completely
disjoint with all this pasting.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice is
preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2007-03-28 15:20:11 +00:00
2014-03-20 12:57:06 +00:00
Technological measures to defeat users' rights. These measures are often
described by such Orwellian phrases, such as ``digital rights management,''
which actually means limitation or outright destruction of users' legal
rights, or ``trusted computing,'' which actually means selling people
computers they cannot trust. However, these measures are alike in one basic
respect. They all employ technical means to turn the system of copyright law
(where the powers of the copyright holder are limited exceptions to general
freedom) into a virtual prison, where everything not specifically permitted
is utterly forbidden. This system of ``para-copyright'' was created well
after GPLv2 was written --- initially through legislation in the USA and the
EU, and later in other jurisdictions as well. This legislation creates
serious civil or even criminal penalties to escape from these restrictions
(commonly and aptly called ``jail-breaking a device''), even where the
purpose in doing so is to restore the users' legal rights that the technology
wrongfully prevents them from exercising.
Relevant text from FSF's "DRM" as published circa late 2006-07,
(around time of GPLv3 Second Discussion Draft)
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) carefully went through FSF's "DRM", which appears to have
been published on Wednesday 2 August 2006 (a few days after the second GPLv2
discussion draft published on Thursday 27 July 2006), and merged in any
relevant text and descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
However, since the patent provisions changed some much over the drafting of
GPLv3, there was not much text useful to bring in on this one.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/opinions-draft-2.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/drm-dd2.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2006-08-02 17:39:05 +00:00
GPLv2 did not address the use of technical measures to take back the rights
that the GPL granted, because such measures did not exist in 1991, and would
have been irrelevant to the forms in which software was then delivered to
2014-03-20 13:24:48 +00:00
users. GPLv3 addresses these issues, particularly because copylefted
software is ever more widely embedded in devices that impose technical
limitations on the user's freedom to change it.
However, FSF always made a clear distinction to avoid conflating these
``lock-down'' measures with legitimate applications that give users control,
as by enabling them to choose higher levels of system or data security within
their networks, or by allowing them to protect the security of their
communications using keys they can generate or copy to other devices for
sending or receiving messages. Such technologies present no obstacles to
software freedom and the goals of copyleft.
The public GPLv3 drafting process sought to balance these positions of
copyleft advocates with various desperate views of the larger
Free-Software-using community. Ultimately, FSF compromised to the GPLv3\S 3
and GPLv3\S 6 provisions that, taken together, are a minimalist set of terms
sufficient to protect the software freedom against the threat of invasive
para-copyright.
The compromises made were ultimately quite reasonable. The primary one is
embodied in GPLv3\S 6's ``User Product'' definition (see \S ~\ref { user-product}
in this tutorial for details). Additionally, some readers of early GPLv3
drafts seem to have assumed GPLv3 contained a blanket prohibition on DRM; but
it does not. In fact, no part of GPLv3 forbids DRM regarding non-GPL'd
works; rather, GPLv3 forbids the use of DRM specifically to lock-down
restrictions on users' ability to install modified versions of the GPL'd
software itself, but again, \textit { only} with regard to User Products.
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
\section { GPLv3~\S 3: What Hath DMCA Wrought}
2014-03-15 20:43:19 +00:00
\label { GPLv3s3}
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
2014-03-20 13:34:23 +00:00
As discussed in \S ~\ref { software-and-non-copyright} of this tutorial,
\href { http://www.law.cornell.edu/uscode/text/17/1201} { 17 USC~\S 1201} and
relate sections\footnote { These sections of the USC are often referred to as
the ``Digital Millennium Copyright Act'', or ``DMCA'', as that was the name
of the bill that so-modified these sections of the USC\@ .} prohibits users
from circumventing technological measures that implement DRM\@ . Since this
is part of copyright law and the GPL is primarily a copyright license, and
since what the DMCA calls ``circumvention'' is simply ``modifying the
2014-03-21 22:00:09 +00:00
software'' under the GPL, GPLv3 must disclaim that such anti-circumvention
2014-03-20 13:44:03 +00:00
provisions are not applicable to the GPLv3'd software. GPLv3\S 3 shields
users from being subjected to liability under anti-circumvention law for
exercising their rights under the GPL, so far as the GPL can do so.
2014-03-20 13:34:23 +00:00
2014-03-20 13:41:54 +00:00
First, GPLv3\S 3\P 1 declares that no GPL'd program is part of an effective
technological protection measure, regardless of what the program does. Early
drafts of GPLv3\S 3\P 1 referred directly to the DMCA, but the final version
instead includes instead an international legal reference to
anticircumvention laws enacted pursuant to the 1996 WIPO treaty and any
similar laws. Lawyers outside the USA worried that a USA statutory reference
could be read as indicating a choice for application of USA law to the
license as a whole. While the FSF did not necessarily agree with that view,
the FSF decided anyway to refer to the WIPO treaty rather than DMCA, since
several national anticircumvention laws were (or will likely be) structured
more similarly to the anticircumvention provisions of the DMCA in their
implementation of WIPO\@ . Furthermore, the addition of ``or similar laws''
provides an appropriate catch-all.
Furthermore, GPLv3\S 3\P 2 states precisely that a conveying party waives the
power to forbid circumvention of technological measures only to the extent
that such circumvention is accomplished through the exercise of GPL rights in
the conveyed work. GPLv3\S 3\P 2 makes clear that the referenced ``legal
rights'' are specifically rights arising under anticircumvention law. and
refers to both the conveying party's rights and to third party rights, as in
some cases the conveying party will also be the party legally empowered to
enforce or invoke rights arising under anticircumvention law.
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
as released on 2007-03-28.
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) went through FSF's "Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
and pasted in any sections that seemed useful to this tutorial. There is a
lot of interesting material in that particular rationale document, although
much of it is probably too verbose for inclusion. I expect much of this will
need to be cut out.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-guide
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-rationale.tex
As I pasted in this text, I added FIXME's sometimes where it seemed the text
might need work. However, I was much more extensive in just pasting here, so
there's a big editing job now. The whole GPLv3 chapter is now completely
disjoint with all this pasting.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice is
preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2007-03-28 15:20:11 +00:00
2014-03-20 13:44:03 +00:00
These disclaimers by each licensor of any intention to use GPL'd software to
stringently control access to other copyrighted works should effectively
prevent any private or public parties from invoking DMCA-like laws against
Relevant text from FSF's "DRM" as published circa late 2006-07,
(around time of GPLv3 Second Discussion Draft)
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) carefully went through FSF's "DRM", which appears to have
been published on Wednesday 2 August 2006 (a few days after the second GPLv2
discussion draft published on Thursday 27 July 2006), and merged in any
relevant text and descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
However, since the patent provisions changed some much over the drafting of
GPLv3, there was not much text useful to bring in on this one.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/opinions-draft-2.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/drm-dd2.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2006-08-02 17:39:05 +00:00
users who escape technical restriction measures implemented by GPL'd
software.
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
\section { GPLv3~\S 4: Verbatim Copying}
2014-03-20 16:33:49 +00:00
\label { GPLv3s4}
2014-02-20 14:34:49 +00:00
2014-03-20 16:33:49 +00:00
GPLv3~\S 4 is a revision of GPLv2\~ S1 (as discussed in \S ~\ref { GPLv2s1} of
2014-03-20 16:36:02 +00:00
this tutorial). There are almost no changes to this section from the
2014-03-20 16:33:49 +00:00
GPLv2\~ S1, other than to use the new defined terms.
The only notable change of ``a fee'' to ``any price or no price'' in the
first sentence of GPLv3\S 4\P 2. The GPLv2\S 1\P 1 means that the GPL permits
one to charge money for the distribution of software. Despite efforts by
copyleft advocates to explain this in GPLv2 itself and in other documents,
there are evidently some people who still believe that GPLv2 allows charging
for services but not for selling copies of software and/or that the GPL
requires downloads to be gratis. Perhaps this is because GPLv2 referred to
charging a ``fee''; the term ``fee'' is generally used in connection with
services.
GPLv2's wording also referred to ``the physical act of transferring.'' The
intention was to distinguish charging for transfers from attempts to impose
licensing fees on all third parties. ``Physical'' might be read, however, as
suggesting ``distribution in a physical medium only''.
To address these two issues, GPLv3 says ``price'' in place of ``fee,'' and
removes the term ``physical.''
2014-03-20 16:35:55 +00:00
GPLv3~\S 4 has also been revised from its corresponding section in GPLv2 in
light of the GPLv3~\S 7 (see \S ~\ref { GPLv3s7} in this tutorial for more).
Specifically, a distributor of verbatim copies of the program's source code
must obey any existing additional terms that apply to parts of the program
pursuant to GPLv3~\S 7. In addition, the distributor is required to keep
intact all license notices, including notices of such additional terms.
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
2014-03-20 17:00:35 +00:00
Finally, there is no harm in explicitly pointing out what ought to be
obvious: that those who convey GPL-covered software may offer commercial
services for the support of that software.
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Second Discussion Draft Rationale", as
published circa late 2006-07, (around time of GPLv3 Second Discussion Draft)
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) carefully went through FSF's "DRM", which appears to have
been published on Thursday 27 July 2006, and merged in any relevant footnotes
that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/opinions-draft-2.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd1to2-markup-rationale.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2006-07-27 16:13:49 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
\section { GPLv3~\S 5: Modified Source}
2014-03-20 14:11:47 +00:00
\label { GPLv3s5}
2014-02-20 14:34:49 +00:00
2014-03-20 17:12:54 +00:00
GPLv3\S 5 is the rewrite of GPLv2\S 2, which was discussed in \S ~\ref { GPLv2s2}
of this tutorial. This section discusses the changes found in GPLv3\S 5
compared to GPLv2\S 2.
GPLv3\S 5(a) still requires modified versions be marked with ``relevant
date'', but no longer says ``the date of any change''. The best practice is
to include the date of the latest and/or most significant changes and who
made those. Of course, compared to its GPLv2\S 2(a), GPLv3\S 5(a) slightly
relaxes the requirements regarding notice of changes to the program. In
particular, the modified files themselves need no longer be marked. This
reduces administrative burdens for developers of modified versions of GPL'd
software.
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
2014-03-20 17:15:55 +00:00
GPLv3\S 5(b) is a new but simple provision. GPLv3\S 5(b) requires that the
license text itself must be unmodified (except as permitted by GPLv3\S 7; see
\S ~\ref { GPLv3s7} in this tutorial). Furthermore, it removes any perceived
conflict between the words ``keep intact all notices'' in GPLv3\S 4, since
operating under GPLv3\S 5 still includes all the requirements of GPLv3\S 4 by
reference.
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
2014-03-20 17:20:12 +00:00
GPLv3\S 5(c) is the primary source-code-related copyleft provision of GPL. (The
2014-03-20 17:12:54 +00:00
object-code-related copyleft provisions are in GPLv3\S 6, discussed in
\S ~\ref { GPLv3s6} of this tutorial). Compared to GPLv2\S 2(b), GPLv3\S 5(c)
states that the GPL applies to the whole of the work. Such was stated
already in GPLv2\S 2(b), in ``in whole or in part'', but this simplified
wording makes it clear the entire covered work
2014-03-20 17:15:55 +00:00
Another change in GPLv3\S 5(c) is the removal of the
2014-03-20 17:12:54 +00:00
words ``at no charge,'' which was often is misunderstood upon na\" { i} ve
reading of in GPLv2\S (b) (as discussed in \S ~\ref { GPLv2s2-at-no-charge} of this
tutorial).
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
2014-03-20 18:30:32 +00:00
% FIXME-LATER: Write up something on 5d, and related it to Appropriate Legal Notices.
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
2014-03-20 18:30:32 +00:00
Note that of GPLv2~\S 2's penultimate and ante-penultimate paragraphs are now
handled adequately by the definitions in GPLv3\S 0 and as such, have no direct
analogs in GPLv3.
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
2014-03-20 18:30:32 +00:00
GPLv2~\S 2's final paragraph, however, is reworded and expanded into the final
paragraph of GPLv3\S 5, which now also covers issues related to copyright
compilations (but not compilations into object code --- that's in the next
section!). The intent and scope is the same as was intended in GPLv2.
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Final Rationale" as released on 2007-06-29.
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) went through FSF's "GPLv3 Final Rationale", and pasted in
any sections that seemed useful to this tutorial. There is a lot of
interesting material in that particular rationale document, although much of
it is probably too verbose for inclusion. I expect much of this will need to
be cut out.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://www.gnu.org/licences/gpl3-final-rationale.pdf
As I pasted in this text, I added FIXME's sometimes where it seemed the text
might need work. However, I was much more extensive in just pasting here, so
there's a big editing job now. As mentioned in a previous commit, the whole
GPLv3 chapter is now completely disjoint with all this pasting.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice is
preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2007-06-29 14:00:00 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
\section { GPLv3~\S 6: Non-Source and Corresponding Source}
2014-03-20 14:11:47 +00:00
\label { GPLv3s6}
2014-02-20 14:34:49 +00:00
2014-03-20 18:30:32 +00:00
GPLv3~\S 6 clarifies and revises GPLv2~\S 3. It requires distributors of GPL'd
object code to provide access to the corresponding source code, in one of
four specified ways. As noted in \S ~\ref { GPLv3s0} , ``object code'' in GPLv3
is defined broadly to mean any non-source version of a work.
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
% FIXME: probably mostly still right, needs some updates, though.
2014-03-20 18:30:32 +00:00
GPLv3~\S 6(a--b) now apply specifically to distribution of object code in a
physical product. Physical products include embedded systems, as well as
physical software distribution media such as CDs. As in GPLv2~\S 3 (discussed
in \S ~\ref { GPLv2s3} of this tutorial), the distribution of object code may
either be accompanied by the machine-readable source code, or it may be
accompanied by a valid written offer to provide the machine-readable source
code. However, unlike in GPLv2, that offer cannot be exercised by any third
2014-03-21 22:19:55 +00:00
party; rather, only those ``who possesses the object code'' can exercise
2014-03-20 18:30:32 +00:00
the offer. (Note that this is a substantial narrowing of requirements of
offer fulfillment, and is a wonderful counterexample to dispute claims that
the GPLv3 has more requirements than GPLv2.)
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
% FIXME: probably mostly still right, needs some updates, though.
2014-03-20 18:30:32 +00:00
GPLv3~\S 6(b) further revises the requirements for the written offer to
provide source code. As before, the offer must remain valid for at least
three years. In addition, even after three years, a distributor of a product
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
containing GPL'd object code must offer to provide source code for as long as
the distributor also continues to offer spare parts or customer support for
2014-03-20 18:30:32 +00:00
the product model. This is a reasonable and appropriate requirement; a
distributor should be prepared to provide source code if he or she is
prepared to provide support for other aspects of a physical product.
GPLv3~\S 6(a--b) clarifies that the medium for software interchange on which
the machine-readable source code is provided must be a durable physical
medium. GPLv3~\S 6(b)(2), however, permits a distributor to instead offer to
provide source code from a network server instead, which is yet another
example GPLv3 looser in its requirements than GPLv2 (see
\S ~\ref { GPLv2s3-medium-customarily} for details).
% FIXME-LATER: more information about source provision, cost of physically
% performing, reasonable fees, medium customary clearly being said durable
% connecting back to previous text
GPLv3\S 6(c) gives narrower permission than GPLv2\S 3(c). The ``pass along''
option for GPLv3\S 6(c)(1) offers is now available only for individual
distribution of object code; moreover, such individual distribution can occur
only ``occasionally and noncommercially.'' A distributor cannot comply with
the GPL merely by making object code available on a publicly-accessible
network server accompanied by a copy of the written offer to provide source
code received from an upstream distributor.
%FIXME-LATER: tie back to the discussion of the occasional offer pass along
2014-03-20 18:33:23 +00:00
% stuff in GPLv2 this tutorial.
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
2014-03-20 19:11:44 +00:00
GPLv3~\S 6(d) revises and improves GPLv2~\S 3's final paragraph. When object
code is provided by offering access to copy the code from a designated place
(such as by enabling electronic access to a network server), the distributor
must merely offer equivalent access to copy the source code ``in the same way
through the same place''. This wording also permits a distributor to offer a
third party access to both object code and source code on a single network
portal or web page, even though the access may include links to different
physical servers. For example, a downstream distributor may provide a link
to an upstream distributor's server and arrange with the operator of that
server to keep the source code available for copying for as long as the
downstream distributor enables access to the object code. This codifies
formally typical historical interpretation of GPLv2.
% FIXME-LATER: perhaps in enforcement section, but maybe here, note about
% ``slow down'' on source downloads being a compliance problem.
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
2014-03-20 19:16:08 +00:00
Furthermore, under GPLv3~\S 6(d), distributors may charge for the conveyed
object code; however, those who pay to obtain the object code must be given
equivalent and gratis access to obtain the CCS. (If distributors convey the
object code gratis, distributors must likewise make CCS available without
charge.) Those who do not obtain the object code from that distributors
(perhaps because they choose not to pay the fee for object code) are outside
the scope of the provision; distributors are under no specific obligation to
give CCS to someone who has not purchased an object code download under
GPLv3~\S 6(d). (Note: this does not change nor impact any obligations under
GPLv3~\S 6(b)(2); GPLv3~\S 6(d) is a wholly different provision.)
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
as released on 2007-03-28.
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) went through FSF's "Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
and pasted in any sections that seemed useful to this tutorial. There is a
lot of interesting material in that particular rationale document, although
much of it is probably too verbose for inclusion. I expect much of this will
need to be cut out.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-guide
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-rationale.tex
As I pasted in this text, I added FIXME's sometimes where it seemed the text
might need work. However, I was much more extensive in just pasting here, so
there's a big editing job now. The whole GPLv3 chapter is now completely
disjoint with all this pasting.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice is
preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2007-03-28 15:20:11 +00:00
2014-03-20 19:21:49 +00:00
\subsection { GPLv3~\S 6(e): Peer-to-Peer Sharing Networks}
Certain decentralized forms of peer-to-peer file sharing present a challenge
to the unidirectional view of distribution that is implicit in GPLv2 and
2014-03-20 19:25:35 +00:00
Draft 1 of GPLv3. Identification of an upstream/downstream link in
BitTorrent distribution is neither straightforward nor reasonable; such
distribution is multidirectional, cooperative and anonymous. In peer-to-peer
distribution systems, participants act both as transmitters and recipients of
blocks of a particular file, but they perceive the experience merely as users
and receivers, and not as distributors in any conventional sense. At any
given moment of time, most peers will not have the complete file.
2014-03-20 19:21:49 +00:00
2014-03-20 19:35:58 +00:00
Meanwhile, GPLv3~\S 6(d) permits distribution of a work in object code form
over a network, provided that the distributor offers equivalent access to
copy the Corresponding Source Code ``in the same way through the same
place''. This wording might be interpreted to permit peer-to-peer
distribution of binaries \textit { if} they are packaged together with the CCS,
but such packaging impractical, for at least three reasons. First, even if
the CCS is packaged with the object code, it will only be available to a
non-seeding peer at the end of the distribution process, but the peer will
already have been providing parts of the binary to others in the network.
Second, in practice, peer-to-peer forms of transmission are poorly suited
means for distributing CCS. In large distributions, packaging CCS with the
object code may result in a substantial increase in file size and
transmission time. Third, in current practice, CCS packages themselves tend
\textit { not} to be transmitted through BitTorrent --- owing to reduced demand
-- thus, there generally will be too few participants downloading the same
source package at the same time to enable effective seeding and distribution.
2014-03-20 19:21:49 +00:00
2014-03-20 19:40:18 +00:00
GPLv3~\S 6(e) addresses this issues. If a licensee conveys such a work of
object code using peer-to-peer transmission, that licensee is in compliance
with GPLv3~\S 6 if the licensee informs other peers where the object code and
its CCS are publicly available at no charge under subsection GPLv3~\S 6(d).
The CCS therefore need not be provided through the peer-to-peer system that
was used for providing the binary.
Second, GPLv3\S 9 also clarifies that ancillary propagation of a covered work
that occurs as part of the process of peer-to-peer file transmission does not
require acceptance, just as mere receipt and execution of the Program does
not require acceptance. Such ancillary propagation is permitted without
limitation or further obligation.
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
2014-03-20 19:16:08 +00:00
% FIXME-LATER: Would be nice to explain much more about interactions between
% the various options of GPLv3~\S6(a-e), which might all be in play at once!
2014-03-20 20:42:02 +00:00
\subsection { User Products, Installation Information and Device Lock-Down}
2007-03-28 14:00:00 +00:00
2014-03-20 21:19:06 +00:00
As discussed in \S ~\ref { GPLv3-drm} of this tutorial, GPLv3 seeks thwart
technical measures such as signature checks in hardware to prevent
2014-03-21 00:56:36 +00:00
modification of GPL'd software on a device.
2014-03-20 21:19:06 +00:00
To address this issue, GPLv3~\S 6 requires that parties distributing object
code provide recipients with the source code through certain means. When
those distributors pass on the CCS, they are also required to pass on any
information or data necessary to install modified software on the particular
device that included it. (This strategy is not unlike that used in LGPLv2.1
to enable users to link proprietary programs to modified libraries.)
% FIXME-LATER: LGPLv2.1 section should talk about this explicitly and this
% should be a forward reference here
2007-03-28 14:00:00 +00:00
2014-03-20 21:59:48 +00:00
\subsubsection { User Products}
2014-03-20 12:40:28 +00:00
\label { user-product}
2014-03-20 21:24:41 +00:00
The scope of these requirements are narrow. GPLv3~\S 6 introduces the concept
of a ``User Product'', which includes devices that are sold for personal,
family, or household use. Distributors are only required to provide
Installation Information when they convey object code in a User Product.
2007-03-28 14:00:00 +00:00
2014-03-20 21:27:04 +00:00
In brief, the right to convey object code in a defined class of ``User
Products,'' under certain circumstances, on providing whatever information is
required to enable a recipient to replace the object code with a functioning
modified version.
This was a compromise that was difficult for the FSF to agree to during the
GPLv3 drafting process. However, companies and governments that use
specialized or enterprise-level computer facilities reported that they
actually \textit { want} their systems not to be under their own control.
Rather than agreeing to this as a concession, or bowing to pressure, they ask
2014-03-21 22:19:55 +00:00
for this as a \textit { preference} . It is not clear that the GPL should interfere
2014-03-20 21:27:04 +00:00
here, since the main problem lies elsewhere.
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
as released on 2007-03-28.
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) went through FSF's "Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
and pasted in any sections that seemed useful to this tutorial. There is a
lot of interesting material in that particular rationale document, although
much of it is probably too verbose for inclusion. I expect much of this will
need to be cut out.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-guide
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-rationale.tex
As I pasted in this text, I added FIXME's sometimes where it seemed the text
might need work. However, I was much more extensive in just pasting here, so
there's a big editing job now. The whole GPLv3 chapter is now completely
disjoint with all this pasting.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice is
preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2007-03-28 15:20:11 +00:00
While imposing technical barriers to modification is wrong regardless of
circumstances, the areas where restricted devices are of the greatest
2014-03-20 21:29:51 +00:00
practical concern today fall within the User Product definition. Most, if
not all, technically-restricted devices running GPL-covered programs are
2014-03-20 21:36:31 +00:00
consumer electronics devices. Moreover, the disparity in clout between the
manufacturers and these users makes it difficult for the users to reject
technical restrictions through their weak and unorganized market power. Even
limited to User Products, this provision addresses the fundamental problem.
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
as released on 2007-03-28.
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) went through FSF's "Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
and pasted in any sections that seemed useful to this tutorial. There is a
lot of interesting material in that particular rationale document, although
much of it is probably too verbose for inclusion. I expect much of this will
need to be cut out.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-guide
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-rationale.tex
As I pasted in this text, I added FIXME's sometimes where it seemed the text
might need work. However, I was much more extensive in just pasting here, so
there's a big editing job now. The whole GPLv3 chapter is now completely
disjoint with all this pasting.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice is
preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2007-03-28 15:20:11 +00:00
2014-03-20 21:34:09 +00:00
% FIXME-LATER: link \href to USC 2301
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
as released on 2007-03-28.
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) went through FSF's "Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
and pasted in any sections that seemed useful to this tutorial. There is a
lot of interesting material in that particular rationale document, although
much of it is probably too verbose for inclusion. I expect much of this will
need to be cut out.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-guide
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-rationale.tex
As I pasted in this text, I added FIXME's sometimes where it seemed the text
might need work. However, I was much more extensive in just pasting here, so
there's a big editing job now. The whole GPLv3 chapter is now completely
disjoint with all this pasting.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice is
preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2007-03-28 15:20:11 +00:00
The core of the User Product definition is a subdefinition of ``consumer
2014-03-20 21:46:00 +00:00
product'' adapted from the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, a federal
2014-03-20 21:34:09 +00:00
consumer protection law in the USA found in 15~USC~\S 2301: ``any tangible
personal property which is normally used for personal, family, or household
2014-03-20 21:46:00 +00:00
purposes.'' The USA has had three decades of experience of liberal
2014-03-20 21:34:09 +00:00
judicial and administrative interpretation of this definition in a manner
favorable to consumer rights.\footnote { The Magnuson-Moss consumer product
definition itself has been influential in the USA and Canada, having been
adopted in several state and provincial consumer protection laws.}
Ideally, this body of interpretation\footnote { The FSF, however, was very
clear that incorporation of such legal interpretation was in no way
intended work as a general choice of USA law for GPLv3.} will guide
interpretation of the consumer product subdefinition in GPLv3~\S 6, and this
will hopefully provide a degree of legal certainty advantageous to device
manufacturers and downstream licensees alike.
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
as released on 2007-03-28.
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) went through FSF's "Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
and pasted in any sections that seemed useful to this tutorial. There is a
lot of interesting material in that particular rationale document, although
much of it is probably too verbose for inclusion. I expect much of this will
need to be cut out.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-guide
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-rationale.tex
As I pasted in this text, I added FIXME's sometimes where it seemed the text
might need work. However, I was much more extensive in just pasting here, so
there's a big editing job now. The whole GPLv3 chapter is now completely
disjoint with all this pasting.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice is
preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2007-03-28 15:20:11 +00:00
One well-established interpretive principle under Magnuson-Moss is that
ambiguities are resolved in favor of coverage. That is, in cases where
it is not clear whether a product falls under the definition of consumer
product, the product will be treated as a consumer product.\footnote { 16
2014-03-20 21:38:34 +00:00
CFR~\S \ 700.1(a); \textit { McFadden v.~Dryvit Systems, Inc.} , 54
UCC~Rep.~Serv.2d 934 (D.~Ore.~2004).} Moreover, for a given product,
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
as released on 2007-03-28.
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) went through FSF's "Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
and pasted in any sections that seemed useful to this tutorial. There is a
lot of interesting material in that particular rationale document, although
much of it is probably too verbose for inclusion. I expect much of this will
need to be cut out.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-guide
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-rationale.tex
As I pasted in this text, I added FIXME's sometimes where it seemed the text
might need work. However, I was much more extensive in just pasting here, so
there's a big editing job now. The whole GPLv3 chapter is now completely
disjoint with all this pasting.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice is
preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2007-03-28 15:20:11 +00:00
``normally used'' is understood to refer to the typical use of that type
of product, rather than a particular use by a particular buyer.
Products that are commonly used for personal as well as commercial
purposes are consumer products, even if the person invoking rights is a
commercial entity intending to use the product for commercial
2014-03-20 21:38:34 +00:00
purposes.\footnote { 16 CFR \S \ 700.1(a). Numerous court decisions
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
as released on 2007-03-28.
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) went through FSF's "Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
and pasted in any sections that seemed useful to this tutorial. There is a
lot of interesting material in that particular rationale document, although
much of it is probably too verbose for inclusion. I expect much of this will
need to be cut out.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-guide
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-rationale.tex
As I pasted in this text, I added FIXME's sometimes where it seemed the text
might need work. However, I was much more extensive in just pasting here, so
there's a big editing job now. The whole GPLv3 chapter is now completely
disjoint with all this pasting.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice is
preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2007-03-28 15:20:11 +00:00
interpreting Magnuson-Moss are in accord; see, e.g., \textit { Stroebner
Motors, Inc.~v.~Automobili Lamborghini S.p.A.} , 459 F.~Supp.2d 1028,
1033 (D.~Hawaii 2006).} Even a small amount of ``normal'' personal use
is enough to cause an entire product line to be treated as a consumer
2014-03-20 21:38:34 +00:00
product under Magnuson-Moss\footnote { \textit { Tandy Corp.~v.~Marymac
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
as released on 2007-03-28.
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) went through FSF's "Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
and pasted in any sections that seemed useful to this tutorial. There is a
lot of interesting material in that particular rationale document, although
much of it is probably too verbose for inclusion. I expect much of this will
need to be cut out.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-guide
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-rationale.tex
As I pasted in this text, I added FIXME's sometimes where it seemed the text
might need work. However, I was much more extensive in just pasting here, so
there's a big editing job now. The whole GPLv3 chapter is now completely
disjoint with all this pasting.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice is
preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2007-03-28 15:20:11 +00:00
Industries, Inc.} , 213 U.S.P.Q.~702 (S.D.~Tex.~1981). In this case, the
court concluded that TRS-80 microcomputers were consumer products, where
such computers were designed and advertised for a variety of users,
including small businesses and schools, and had only recently been
2014-03-20 21:38:34 +00:00
promoted for use in the home.} .
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
as released on 2007-03-28.
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) went through FSF's "Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
and pasted in any sections that seemed useful to this tutorial. There is a
lot of interesting material in that particular rationale document, although
much of it is probably too verbose for inclusion. I expect much of this will
need to be cut out.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-guide
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-rationale.tex
As I pasted in this text, I added FIXME's sometimes where it seemed the text
might need work. However, I was much more extensive in just pasting here, so
there's a big editing job now. The whole GPLv3 chapter is now completely
disjoint with all this pasting.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice is
preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2007-03-28 15:20:11 +00:00
2014-03-20 21:46:00 +00:00
However, Magnuson-Moss is not a perfect fit because in the area of components
2014-03-21 00:56:36 +00:00
of dwellings, the settled interpretation under Magnuson-Moss under-inclusive.
2014-03-20 21:46:00 +00:00
Depending on how such components are manufactured or sold, they may or may
not be considered Magnuson-Moss consumer products.\footnote { Building
materials that are purchased directly by a consumer from a retailer, for
improving or modifying an existing dwelling, are consumer products under
Magnuson-Moss, but building materials that are integral component parts of
the structure of a dwelling at the time that the consumer buys the dwelling
are not consumer products. 16 C.F.R.~\S \S ~700.1(c)--(f); Federal Trade
Commission, Final Action Concerning Review of Interpretations of
Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 64 Fed.~Reg.~19,700 (April 22, 1999); see also,
e.g., \textit { McFadden} , 54 U.C.C.~Rep.~Serv.2d at 934.} Therefore, GPLv3
defines User Products as a superset of consumer products that also includes
``anything designed or sold for incorporation into a dwelling.''
Thus, the three sentences in the center of GPLv3's User Product definition
encapsulate the judicial and administrative principles established over the
past three decades in the USA concerning the Magnuson-Moss consumer product
definition. First, it states that doubtful cases are resolved in favor of
coverage under the definition. Second, it indicate that the words ``normally
used'' in the consumer product definition refer to a typical or common use of
a class of product, and not the status of a particular user or expected or
actual uses by a particular user. Third, it clearly states that the
existence of substantial non-consumer uses of a product does not negate a
determination that it is a consumer product, unless such non-consumer uses
represent the only significant mode of use of that product.
It should be clear from these added sentences that it is the general mode of
use of a product that determines objectively whether or not it is a consumer
product. One could not escape the effects of the User Products provisions by
labeling what is demonstrably a consumer product in ways that suggest it is
``for professionals'', for example.
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Final Discussion Draft Rationale",
as released on 2007-05-31.
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) went through FSF's "Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
and pasted in any sections that seemed useful to this tutorial. There is a
lot of interesting material in that particular rationale document, although
much of it is probably too verbose for inclusion. I expect much of this will
need to be cut out.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd4-guide.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd4-rationale.tex
As I pasted in this text, I added FIXME's sometimes where it seemed the text
might need work. However, I was much more extensive in just pasting here, so
there's a big editing job now. As mentioned in a previous commit, the whole
GPLv3 chapter is now completely disjoint with all this pasting.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice is
preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2007-05-31 17:15:01 +00:00
2014-03-20 21:59:48 +00:00
\subsubsection { Installation Information}
With the User Products definition complete, The ``Installation Information''
definition uses that to define what those receiving object code inside a User
Product must receive.
Installation Information is information that is ``required to install and
execute modified versions of a covered work \dots from a modified version of
its'' CCS, in the same User Product for which the covered work is conveyed.
GPLv3 provides guidance concerning how much information must be provided: it
``must suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified
object code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
modification has been made.'' For example, the information provided would be
insufficient if it enabled a modified version to run only in a disabled
fashion, solely because of the fact of modification (regardless of the actual
nature of the modification). The information need not consist of
cryptographic keys; Installation Information may be ``any methods,
procedures, authorization keys, or other information''.
Note that GPLv3 does not define ``continued functioning'' further. However,
GPLv3 does provide some additional guidance concerning the scope of
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
as released on 2007-03-28.
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) went through FSF's "Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
and pasted in any sections that seemed useful to this tutorial. There is a
lot of interesting material in that particular rationale document, although
much of it is probably too verbose for inclusion. I expect much of this will
need to be cut out.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-guide
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-rationale.tex
As I pasted in this text, I added FIXME's sometimes where it seemed the text
might need work. However, I was much more extensive in just pasting here, so
there's a big editing job now. The whole GPLv3 chapter is now completely
disjoint with all this pasting.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice is
preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2007-03-28 15:20:11 +00:00
GPLv3-compliant action or inaction that distributors of
technically-restricted User Products can take with respect to a downstream
2014-03-20 21:59:48 +00:00
recipient who replaces the conveyed object code with a modified version.
First of all, GPLv3 makes clear that GPLv3 implies no obligation ``to
continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates'' for such a work.
Second, most technically-restricted User Products are designed to communicate
across networks. It is important for both users and network providers to
know when denial of network access to devices running modified versions
becomes a GPL violation. GPLv3 permits denial of access in two cases: ``when
the modification itself materially and adversely affects the operation of the
network,'' and when the modification itself ``violates the rules and
protocols for communication across the network''. The second case is
deliberately drawn in general terms, and it serves as a foundation for
reasonable enforcement policies that respect recipients' right to modify
while recognizing the legitimate interests of network providers.
2014-03-20 22:08:16 +00:00
Note that GPLv3 permits the practice of conveying object code in a mode not
practically susceptible to modification by any party, such as code burned in
ROM or embedded in silicon. The goal of the Installation Information
requirement is to ensure the downstream licensee receives the real right to
modify when the device manufacturer or some other party retains that right.
Accordingly, GPLv3\S 6's ante-penultimate paragraph states that the
requirement to provide Installation Information ``does not apply if neither
you nor any third party retains the ability to install modified object code
on the User Product''.
2014-03-20 21:59:48 +00:00
Finally, GPLv3\S 6 makes it clear that there is also no requirement to
provide warranty or support for the User Product itself.
2014-03-20 21:46:00 +00:00
2014-03-20 22:15:11 +00:00
\subsection { GPLv3~\S 7: Additional Permissions}
2014-03-21 00:34:02 +00:00
\label { GPLv3s7}
Relevant text from FSF's "Opinion on Additional Terms" from circa 2006-07-27
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) carefully went through FSF's "Opinion on Additional
Terms", which appears to have been published on Wednesday 2 August 2006 (a
few days after the second GPLv2 discussion published on Thursday 27 July
2006), and merged in any relevant text and descriptions that might be of use
in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/opinions-draft-2.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/additional-terms-dd2.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2006-08-02 20:27:39 +00:00
The GPL is a statement of permissions, some of which have conditions.
2014-03-20 22:10:21 +00:00
Additional terms --- terms that supplement those of the GPL --- may come to be
placed on, or removed from, GPL-covered code in certain common ways.
Copyleft licensing theorists have generally called
those added terms ``additional permissions'' if they grant
Relevant text from FSF's "Opinion on Additional Terms" from circa 2006-07-27
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) carefully went through FSF's "Opinion on Additional
Terms", which appears to have been published on Wednesday 2 August 2006 (a
few days after the second GPLv2 discussion published on Thursday 27 July
2006), and merged in any relevant text and descriptions that might be of use
in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/opinions-draft-2.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/additional-terms-dd2.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2006-08-02 20:27:39 +00:00
exceptions from the conditions of the GPL, and ``additional requirements'' if
2014-03-20 22:10:21 +00:00
they add conditions to the basic permissions of the GPL\@ . The treatment of
Relevant text from FSF's "Opinion on Additional Terms" from circa 2006-07-27
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) carefully went through FSF's "Opinion on Additional
Terms", which appears to have been published on Wednesday 2 August 2006 (a
few days after the second GPLv2 discussion published on Thursday 27 July
2006), and merged in any relevant text and descriptions that might be of use
in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/opinions-draft-2.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/additional-terms-dd2.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2006-08-02 20:27:39 +00:00
additional permissions and additional requirements under GPLv3 is necessarily
2014-03-20 22:10:21 +00:00
asymmetrical, because they do not raise the same interpretive
Relevant text from FSF's "Opinion on Additional Terms" from circa 2006-07-27
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) carefully went through FSF's "Opinion on Additional
Terms", which appears to have been published on Wednesday 2 August 2006 (a
few days after the second GPLv2 discussion published on Thursday 27 July
2006), and merged in any relevant text and descriptions that might be of use
in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/opinions-draft-2.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/additional-terms-dd2.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2006-08-02 20:27:39 +00:00
issues; in particular, additional requirements, if allowed without careful
2014-03-20 22:10:21 +00:00
limitation, could transform a GPL'd program into a non-free one.
With these principles in the background, GPLv3~\S 7 answers the following
questions:
\begin { enumerate}
\item How do the presence of additional terms on all or part of a GPL'd program
affect users' rights?
\item When and how may a licensee add terms to code being
distributed under the GPL?
\item When may a licensee remove additional terms?
\end { enumerate}
Relevant text from FSF's "Opinion on Additional Terms" from circa 2006-07-27
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) carefully went through FSF's "Opinion on Additional
Terms", which appears to have been published on Wednesday 2 August 2006 (a
few days after the second GPLv2 discussion published on Thursday 27 July
2006), and merged in any relevant text and descriptions that might be of use
in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/opinions-draft-2.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/additional-terms-dd2.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2006-08-02 20:27:39 +00:00
2014-03-20 22:15:11 +00:00
Additional permissions present the easier case. Since the mid-1990s,
2014-03-21 22:32:42 +00:00
permissive exceptions often appeared alongside GPLv2 to allow combination
2014-03-20 22:15:11 +00:00
with certain non-free code. Typically, downstream
stream recipients could remove those exceptions and operate under pure GPLv2.
Similarly, LGPLv2.1 is in essence a permissive variant of GPLv2,
and it permits relicensing under the GPL\@ .
These practices are now generalized via GPLv3~\S 7.
A licensee may remove any additional permission from
Relevant text from FSF's "Opinion on Additional Terms" from circa 2006-07-27
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) carefully went through FSF's "Opinion on Additional
Terms", which appears to have been published on Wednesday 2 August 2006 (a
few days after the second GPLv2 discussion published on Thursday 27 July
2006), and merged in any relevant text and descriptions that might be of use
in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/opinions-draft-2.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/additional-terms-dd2.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2006-08-02 20:27:39 +00:00
a covered work, whether it was placed by the original author or by an
upstream distributor. A licensee may also add any kind of additional
permission to any part of a work for which the licensee has, or can give,
appropriate copyright permission. For example, if the licensee has written
that part, the licensee is the copyright holder for that part and can
therefore give additional permissions that are applicable to it.
Alternatively, the part may have been written by someone else and licensed,
with the additional permissions, to that licensee. Any additional
permissions on that part are, in turn, removable by downstream recipients.
2014-03-20 22:15:11 +00:00
As GPLv3~\S 7\P 1 explains, the effect of an additional permission depends on
Relevant text from FSF's "Opinion on Additional Terms" from circa 2006-07-27
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) carefully went through FSF's "Opinion on Additional
Terms", which appears to have been published on Wednesday 2 August 2006 (a
few days after the second GPLv2 discussion published on Thursday 27 July
2006), and merged in any relevant text and descriptions that might be of use
in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/opinions-draft-2.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/additional-terms-dd2.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2006-08-02 20:27:39 +00:00
whether the permission applies to the whole work or a part.
2014-03-20 22:15:11 +00:00
% FIXME-LATER: LGPLv3 will have its own section
Relevant text from FSF's "Opinion on Additional Terms" from circa 2006-07-27
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) carefully went through FSF's "Opinion on Additional
Terms", which appears to have been published on Wednesday 2 August 2006 (a
few days after the second GPLv2 discussion published on Thursday 27 July
2006), and merged in any relevant text and descriptions that might be of use
in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/opinions-draft-2.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/additional-terms-dd2.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2006-08-02 20:27:39 +00:00
2014-03-20 22:15:11 +00:00
Indeed, LGPLv3 is itself simply a list of additional permissions supplementing the
terms of GPLv3. GPLv3\S 7 has thus provided the basis for recasting a
Relevant text from FSF's "Opinion on Additional Terms" from circa 2006-07-27
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) carefully went through FSF's "Opinion on Additional
Terms", which appears to have been published on Wednesday 2 August 2006 (a
few days after the second GPLv2 discussion published on Thursday 27 July
2006), and merged in any relevant text and descriptions that might be of use
in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/opinions-draft-2.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/additional-terms-dd2.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2006-08-02 20:27:39 +00:00
formally complex license as an elegant set of added terms, without changing
2014-03-20 22:15:11 +00:00
any of the fundamental features of the existing LGPL\@ . LGPLv3 is thus a model for developers wishing to license their works under the
Relevant text from FSF's "Opinion on Additional Terms" from circa 2006-07-27
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) carefully went through FSF's "Opinion on Additional
Terms", which appears to have been published on Wednesday 2 August 2006 (a
few days after the second GPLv2 discussion published on Thursday 27 July
2006), and merged in any relevant text and descriptions that might be of use
in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/opinions-draft-2.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/additional-terms-dd2.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2006-08-02 20:27:39 +00:00
GPL with permissive exceptions. The removability of additional permissions
2014-03-20 22:15:11 +00:00
under GPLv3\S 7 does not alter any existing behavior of the LGPL since the LGPL
has always allowed relicensing under the ordinary GPL\@ .
Relevant text from FSF's "Opinion on Additional Terms" from circa 2006-07-27
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) carefully went through FSF's "Opinion on Additional
Terms", which appears to have been published on Wednesday 2 August 2006 (a
few days after the second GPLv2 discussion published on Thursday 27 July
2006), and merged in any relevant text and descriptions that might be of use
in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/opinions-draft-2.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/additional-terms-dd2.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2006-08-02 20:27:39 +00:00
2014-03-20 22:18:37 +00:00
\section { GPLv3~\S 7: Understanding License Compatibility}
2014-03-20 22:16:04 +00:00
\label { license-compatibility}
A challenge that faced the Free Software community heavily through out the
early 2000s was the proliferation of incompatible Free Software licenses. Of
2014-03-20 22:16:53 +00:00
course, the GPL cannot possibly be compatible with all such licenses.
However, GPLv3
2014-03-20 22:16:04 +00:00
contains provisions that are designed to reduce license incompatibility by
making it easier for developers to combine code carrying non-GPL terms with
GPL'd code.
2014-03-20 22:18:45 +00:00
This license compatibility issue arises for
Relevant text from FSF's "Opinion on Additional Terms" from circa 2006-07-27
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) carefully went through FSF's "Opinion on Additional
Terms", which appears to have been published on Wednesday 2 August 2006 (a
few days after the second GPLv2 discussion published on Thursday 27 July
2006), and merged in any relevant text and descriptions that might be of use
in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/opinions-draft-2.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/additional-terms-dd2.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2006-08-02 20:27:39 +00:00
three reasons. First, the GPL is a strong copyleft license, requiring
2014-03-20 22:18:45 +00:00
modified versions to be distributed under the GPL\@ . Second, the GPL states
Relevant text from FSF's "Opinion on Additional Terms" from circa 2006-07-27
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) carefully went through FSF's "Opinion on Additional
Terms", which appears to have been published on Wednesday 2 August 2006 (a
few days after the second GPLv2 discussion published on Thursday 27 July
2006), and merged in any relevant text and descriptions that might be of use
in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/opinions-draft-2.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/additional-terms-dd2.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2006-08-02 20:27:39 +00:00
that no further restrictions may be placed on the rights of recipients.
2014-03-21 22:37:33 +00:00
Third, all other software freedom respecting licenses in common contain certain
2014-03-20 22:18:45 +00:00
requirements, many of which are not conditions made by the GPL\@ . Thus, when
Relevant text from FSF's "Opinion on Additional Terms" from circa 2006-07-27
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) carefully went through FSF's "Opinion on Additional
Terms", which appears to have been published on Wednesday 2 August 2006 (a
few days after the second GPLv2 discussion published on Thursday 27 July
2006), and merged in any relevant text and descriptions that might be of use
in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/opinions-draft-2.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/additional-terms-dd2.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2006-08-02 20:27:39 +00:00
GPL'd code is modified by combination with code covered by another formal
license that specifies other requirements, and that modified code is then
distributed to others, the freedom of recipients may be burdened by
additional requirements in violation of the GPL. It can be seen that
additional permissions in other licenses do not raise any problems of license
compatibility.
2014-03-20 22:25:39 +00:00
GPLv3 took a new approach to the issue of combining GPL'd code with
code governed by the terms of other software freedom licenses. Traditional
GPLv2 license compatibility theory (which was not explicitly stated in GPLv2
itself, but treated as a license interpretation matter by the FSF) held that GPLv2 allowed such
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
combinations only if the non-GPL licensing terms permitted distribution under
the GPL and imposed no restrictions on the code that were not also imposed by
2014-03-20 22:25:39 +00:00
the GPL\@ . In practice, the FSF historically supplemented that policy with a structure of
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
exceptions for certain kinds of combinations.
2014-03-20 22:25:39 +00:00
GPLv3~\S 7 implements a more explicit policy on license
compatibility. It formalizes the circumstances under which a licensee may
release a covered work that includes an added part carrying non-GPL terms.
GPLv3~\S 7 distinguish between terms that provide additional permissions, and terms that
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
place additional requirements on the code, relative to the permissions and
requirements established by applying the GPL to the code.
2014-03-20 22:25:39 +00:00
As discussed in the previous section of this tutorial, GPLv3~\S 7 first and foremost explicitly allows added parts covered by terms with
additional permissions to be combined with GPL'd code. This codifies the
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
existing practice of regarding such licensing terms as compatible with the
2014-03-20 22:25:39 +00:00
GPL\@ . A downstream user of a combined GPL'd work who modifies such an added
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
part may remove the additional permissions, in which case the broader
permissions no longer apply to the modified version, and only the terms of
the GPL apply to it.
2014-03-20 22:25:39 +00:00
In its treatment of terms that impose additional requirements, GPLv3\S 7
extends the range of licensing terms with which the GPL is compatible. An
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
added part carrying additional requirements may be combined with GPL'd code,
2014-03-20 22:25:39 +00:00
but only if those requirements belong to an set enumerated in GPLv3\S 7. There
2014-03-21 22:40:50 +00:00
are, of course, limits on the acceptable additional requirements, which
2014-03-20 22:25:39 +00:00
ensures that enhanced license compatibility does not
defeat the broader software-freedom-defending terms of the GPL\@ . Unlike terms that grant
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
additional permissions, terms that impose additional requirements cannot be
2014-03-20 22:25:39 +00:00
removed by a downstream user of the combined GPL'd work, because only in the
pathological case\footnote { Theoretically, a user could collect copyright
assignment from all known contributors and then do this, but this would
indeed be the pathological case.} would a user have the right to do so.
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
2014-03-20 22:26:42 +00:00
% FIXME-LATER: It would be good to have detailed info on each of 7a-f.
% Here's some commented-out text that might be useful for 7a-b
%% Under subsections 7a and 7b, the requirements may include preservation of
%% copyright notices, information about the origins of the code or alterations
%% of the code, and different warranty disclaimers. Under subsection 7c, the
%% requirements may include limitations on the use of names of contributors and
%% on the use of trademarks for publicity purposes. In general, we permit these
%% requirements in added terms because many free software licenses include them
%% and we consider them to be unobjectionable. Because we support trademark fair
%% use, the limitations on the use of trademarks may seek to enforce only what
%% is required by trademark law, and may not prohibit what would constitute fair
%% use.
Relevant text from FSF's "Opinion on BitTorrent Propagation",
as published circa late 2006-07 (around time of GPLv3 Second Discussion Draft)
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) carefully went through FSF's "Opinion on BitTorrent
Propagation", which appears to have been published on Wednesday 2 August 2006
(a few days after the second GPLv2 discussion draft published on Thursday 27
July 2006), and merged in any relevant text and descriptions that might be of
use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/opinions-draft-2.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/bittorrent-dd2.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2006-08-02 17:09:09 +00:00
2014-03-20 22:28:44 +00:00
% FIXME-LATER: Say removing additional restrictions
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
2014-03-20 22:28:44 +00:00
% FIXME-LATER: This text may be useful later:
Relevant text from FSF's "Opinion on Additional Terms" from circa 2006-07-27
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) carefully went through FSF's "Opinion on Additional
Terms", which appears to have been published on Wednesday 2 August 2006 (a
few days after the second GPLv2 discussion published on Thursday 27 July
2006), and merged in any relevant text and descriptions that might be of use
in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/opinions-draft-2.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/additional-terms-dd2.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2006-08-02 20:27:39 +00:00
2014-03-20 22:28:55 +00:00
%% Some have questioned whether section 7 is needed, and some have suggested
%% that it creates complexity that did not previously exist. We point out to
%% those readers that there is already GPLv2-licensed code that carries
%% additional terms. One of the objectives of section 7 is to rationalize
%% existing practices of program authors and modifiers by setting clear
%% guidelines regarding the removal and addition of such terms. With its
%% carefully limited list of allowed additional requirements, section 7
%% accomplishes additional objectives, permitting the expansion of the base of
%% code available for GPL developers, while also encouraging useful
%% experimentation with requirements we do not include in the GPL itself.
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
\section { GPLv3~\S 8: A Lighter Termination}
2014-02-20 14:34:49 +00:00
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
GPLv2 provided for automatic termination of the rights of a person who
copied, modified, sublicensed, or distributed a work in violation of the
license. Automatic termination can be too harsh for those who have committed
an inadvertent violation, particularly in cases involving distribution of
large collections of software having numerous copyright holders. A violator
2014-03-20 22:50:48 +00:00
who resumes compliance with GPLv2 technically needs to obtain forgiveness
from all copyright holders, and even contacting them all might be impossible.
2014-03-21 22:40:50 +00:00
GPLv3~\S 8 now grants opportunities for provisional and permanent
2014-03-20 22:50:48 +00:00
reinstatement of rights. The termination procedure provides a limited
opportunity to cure license violations. If a licensee has committed a
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
as released on 2007-03-28.
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) went through FSF's "Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
and pasted in any sections that seemed useful to this tutorial. There is a
lot of interesting material in that particular rationale document, although
much of it is probably too verbose for inclusion. I expect much of this will
need to be cut out.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-guide
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-rationale.tex
As I pasted in this text, I added FIXME's sometimes where it seemed the text
might need work. However, I was much more extensive in just pasting here, so
there's a big editing job now. The whole GPLv3 chapter is now completely
disjoint with all this pasting.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice is
preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2007-03-28 15:20:11 +00:00
first-time violation of the GPL with respect to a given copyright holder, but
the licensee cures the violation within 30 days following receipt of notice
of the violation, then any of the licensee's GPL rights that have been
2014-03-20 22:50:48 +00:00
terminated by the copyright holder are ``automatically reinstated''.
Finally, if a licensee violates the GPL, a contributor may terminate any
patent licenses that it granted under GPLv3~\S 11, in addition to any
copyright permissions the contributor granted to the licensee.
% FIXME-LATER: write more here, perhaps linking up to enforcement
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Final Rationale" as released on 2007-06-29.
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) went through FSF's "GPLv3 Final Rationale", and pasted in
any sections that seemed useful to this tutorial. There is a lot of
interesting material in that particular rationale document, although much of
it is probably too verbose for inclusion. I expect much of this will need to
be cut out.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://www.gnu.org/licences/gpl3-final-rationale.pdf
As I pasted in this text, I added FIXME's sometimes where it seemed the text
might need work. However, I was much more extensive in just pasting here, so
there's a big editing job now. As mentioned in a previous commit, the whole
GPLv3 chapter is now completely disjoint with all this pasting.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice is
preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2007-06-29 14:00:00 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
\section { GPLv3~\S 9: Acceptance}
2014-02-20 14:34:49 +00:00
2014-03-20 22:50:48 +00:00
GPLv3~\S 9 means what it says: mere receipt or execution of code neither
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Second Discussion Draft Rationale", as
published circa late 2006-07, (around time of GPLv3 Second Discussion Draft)
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) carefully went through FSF's "DRM", which appears to have
been published on Thursday 27 July 2006, and merged in any relevant footnotes
that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/opinions-draft-2.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd1to2-markup-rationale.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2006-07-27 16:13:49 +00:00
requires nor signifies contractual acceptance under the GPL. Speaking more
2014-03-21 23:07:34 +00:00
broadly, GPLv3 is intentionally structured as a unilateral grant
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Second Discussion Draft Rationale", as
published circa late 2006-07, (around time of GPLv3 Second Discussion Draft)
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) carefully went through FSF's "DRM", which appears to have
been published on Thursday 27 July 2006, and merged in any relevant footnotes
that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/opinions-draft-2.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd1to2-markup-rationale.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2006-07-27 16:13:49 +00:00
of copyright permissions, the basic operation of which exists outside of any
law of contract. Whether and when a contractual relationship is formed
between licensor and licensee under local law do not necessarily matter to
the working of the license.
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
\section { GPLv3~\S 10: Explicit Downstream License}
2014-02-20 14:34:49 +00:00
2014-03-20 22:57:14 +00:00
% FIXME-LATER: this is a punt: need more time to write!
GPLv3~\S 10 ensures that everyone downstream receives licenses from all
copyright holders. It really is a generally straightforward section.
2014-03-20 22:55:29 +00:00
% FIXME-LATER: link up this paragraph to above sections.
2014-03-20 22:57:14 +00:00
Note, however, GPLv3 removed the words ``at no charge'' from GPLv2~\S 2(b) (in
GPLv3,~\S 5(b)) because it contributed to a misconception that the GPL did not
permit charging for distribution of copies. The purpose of the ``at no
charge'' wording was to prevent attempts to collect royalties from third
parties. The removal of these words created the danger that the imposition
of licensing fees would no longer be seen as a license violation. Therefore,
GPLv3~\S 10 adds a new explicit prohibition on imposition of licensing fees or
royalties. This section is an appropriate place for such a clause, since it
is a specific consequence of the general requirement that no further
restrictions be imposed on downstream recipients of GPL-covered code.
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
2014-03-21 00:30:06 +00:00
% FIXME-LATER: This text needs further study before I can conclude it belongs
% in this tutorial:
%% Careful readers of the GPL have suggested that its explicit prohibition
%% against imposition of further restrictions\footnote{GPLv2, section 6; Draft
%% 3, section 10, third paragraph.} has, or ought to have, implications for
%% those who assert patents against other licensees. Draft 2 took some steps to
%% clarify this point in a manner not specific to patents, by describing the
%% imposition of ``a license fee, royalty, or other charge'' for exercising GPL
%% rights as one example of an impermissible further restriction. In Draft 3 we
%% have clarified further that the requirement of non-imposition of further
%% restrictions has specific consequences for litigation accusing GPL-covered
%% programs of infringement. Section 10 now states that ``you may not initiate
%% litigation (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging
%% that any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
%% sale, or importing the Program (or the contribution of any contributor).''
%% That is to say, a patent holder's licensed permissions to use a work under
%% GPLv3 may be terminated under section 8 if the patent holder files a lawsuit
%% alleging that use of the work, or of any upstream GPLv3-licensed work on
%% which the work is based, infringes a patent.
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
as released on 2007-03-28.
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) went through FSF's "Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
and pasted in any sections that seemed useful to this tutorial. There is a
lot of interesting material in that particular rationale document, although
much of it is probably too verbose for inclusion. I expect much of this will
need to be cut out.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-guide
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-rationale.tex
As I pasted in this text, I added FIXME's sometimes where it seemed the text
might need work. However, I was much more extensive in just pasting here, so
there's a big editing job now. The whole GPLv3 chapter is now completely
disjoint with all this pasting.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice is
preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2007-03-28 15:20:11 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
\section { GPLv3~\S 11: Explicit Patent Licensing}
2014-03-15 20:30:45 +00:00
\label { GPLv3s11}
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
as released on 2007-03-28.
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) went through FSF's "Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
and pasted in any sections that seemed useful to this tutorial. There is a
lot of interesting material in that particular rationale document, although
much of it is probably too verbose for inclusion. I expect much of this will
need to be cut out.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-guide
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-rationale.tex
As I pasted in this text, I added FIXME's sometimes where it seemed the text
might need work. However, I was much more extensive in just pasting here, so
there's a big editing job now. The whole GPLv3 chapter is now completely
disjoint with all this pasting.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice is
preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2007-03-28 15:20:11 +00:00
Software patenting is a harmful and unjust policy, and should be abolished;
recent experience makes this all the more evident. Since many countries grant
patents that can apply to and prohibit software packages, in various guises
2014-03-21 00:30:06 +00:00
and to varying degrees, GPLv3 seeks to protect the users of GPL-covered programs
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
as released on 2007-03-28.
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) went through FSF's "Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
and pasted in any sections that seemed useful to this tutorial. There is a
lot of interesting material in that particular rationale document, although
much of it is probably too verbose for inclusion. I expect much of this will
need to be cut out.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-guide
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-rationale.tex
As I pasted in this text, I added FIXME's sometimes where it seemed the text
might need work. However, I was much more extensive in just pasting here, so
there's a big editing job now. The whole GPLv3 chapter is now completely
disjoint with all this pasting.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice is
preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2007-03-28 15:20:11 +00:00
from those patents, while at the same time making it feasible for patent
holders to contribute to and distribute GPL-covered programs as long as they
do not attack the users of those programs.
It is generally understood that GPLv2 implies some limits on a licensee's
power to assert patent claims against the use of GPL-covered works.
2014-03-21 00:30:06 +00:00
However, the patent licensing practices that GPLv2~\S 7 (corresponding to
GPLv3~\S 12) is designed to prevent is only one of several ways in which
software patents threaten to make free programs non-free and to prevent users
from exercising their rights under the GPL. GPLv3 takes a more comprehensive
2014-03-21 00:56:36 +00:00
approach to combating the danger of patents.
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
as released on 2007-03-28.
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) went through FSF's "Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
and pasted in any sections that seemed useful to this tutorial. There is a
lot of interesting material in that particular rationale document, although
much of it is probably too verbose for inclusion. I expect much of this will
need to be cut out.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-guide
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-rationale.tex
As I pasted in this text, I added FIXME's sometimes where it seemed the text
might need work. However, I was much more extensive in just pasting here, so
there's a big editing job now. The whole GPLv3 chapter is now completely
disjoint with all this pasting.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice is
preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2007-03-28 15:20:11 +00:00
2014-03-21 00:30:06 +00:00
GPLv2~\S 7 has seen some success in deterring conduct that would otherwise
result in denial of full downstream enjoyment of GPL rights, and thus it is
preserved in GPLv3~\S 12. Experience has shown that more is necessary,
however, to ensure adequate community safety where companies act in concert
to heighten the anticompetitive use of patents that they hold or license.
Therefore, GPLv3 is designed to reduce the patent risks that distort and
threaten the activities of users who make, run, modify and share Free
Software. At the same time, GPLv3 gives favorable consideration to practical
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
as released on 2007-03-28.
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) went through FSF's "Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
and pasted in any sections that seemed useful to this tutorial. There is a
lot of interesting material in that particular rationale document, although
much of it is probably too verbose for inclusion. I expect much of this will
need to be cut out.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-guide
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-rationale.tex
As I pasted in this text, I added FIXME's sometimes where it seemed the text
might need work. However, I was much more extensive in just pasting here, so
there's a big editing job now. The whole GPLv3 chapter is now completely
disjoint with all this pasting.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice is
preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2007-03-28 15:20:11 +00:00
goals such as certainty and administrability for patent holders that
2014-03-21 00:30:06 +00:00
participate in distribution and development of GPL-covered software. GPLv3's
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
as released on 2007-03-28.
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) went through FSF's "Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
and pasted in any sections that seemed useful to this tutorial. There is a
lot of interesting material in that particular rationale document, although
much of it is probably too verbose for inclusion. I expect much of this will
need to be cut out.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-guide
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-rationale.tex
As I pasted in this text, I added FIXME's sometimes where it seemed the text
might need work. However, I was much more extensive in just pasting here, so
there's a big editing job now. The whole GPLv3 chapter is now completely
disjoint with all this pasting.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice is
preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2007-03-28 15:20:11 +00:00
policy requires each such patent holder to provide appropriate levels of
patent assurance to users, according to the nature of the patent holder's
relationship to the program.
2014-03-21 00:30:06 +00:00
\subsection { The Contributor's Explicit Patent License}
Specifically, the ideal might have been for GPLv3 to feature a patent license
grant triggered by all acts of distribution of GPLv3-covered works. The FSF
considered it during the GPLv3 drafting process, but many patent-holding
companies objected to this policy. They have made two objections: (1) the
far-reaching impact of the patent license grant on the patent holder is
disproportionate to the act of merely distributing code without modification
or transformation, and (2) it is unreasonable to expect an owner of vast
patent assets to exercise requisite diligence in reviewing all the
GPL-covered software that it provides to others. Some expressed particular
concern about the consequences of ``inadvertent'' distribution.
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
as released on 2007-03-28.
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) went through FSF's "Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
and pasted in any sections that seemed useful to this tutorial. There is a
lot of interesting material in that particular rationale document, although
much of it is probably too verbose for inclusion. I expect much of this will
need to be cut out.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-guide
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-rationale.tex
As I pasted in this text, I added FIXME's sometimes where it seemed the text
might need work. However, I was much more extensive in just pasting here, so
there's a big editing job now. The whole GPLv3 chapter is now completely
disjoint with all this pasting.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice is
preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2007-03-28 15:20:11 +00:00
The argument that the impact of the patent license grant would be
2014-03-21 00:30:06 +00:00
``disproportionate'', that is to say unfair, is not valid. Since
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
as released on 2007-03-28.
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) went through FSF's "Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
and pasted in any sections that seemed useful to this tutorial. There is a
lot of interesting material in that particular rationale document, although
much of it is probably too verbose for inclusion. I expect much of this will
need to be cut out.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-guide
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-rationale.tex
As I pasted in this text, I added FIXME's sometimes where it seemed the text
might need work. However, I was much more extensive in just pasting here, so
there's a big editing job now. The whole GPLv3 chapter is now completely
disjoint with all this pasting.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice is
preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2007-03-28 15:20:11 +00:00
software patents are weapons that no one should have, and using them for
2014-03-21 00:30:06 +00:00
aggression against free software developers is an egregious act (thus
preventing that act cannot be unfair).
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
as released on 2007-03-28.
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) went through FSF's "Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
and pasted in any sections that seemed useful to this tutorial. There is a
lot of interesting material in that particular rationale document, although
much of it is probably too verbose for inclusion. I expect much of this will
need to be cut out.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-guide
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-rationale.tex
As I pasted in this text, I added FIXME's sometimes where it seemed the text
might need work. However, I was much more extensive in just pasting here, so
there's a big editing job now. The whole GPLv3 chapter is now completely
disjoint with all this pasting.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice is
preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2007-03-28 15:20:11 +00:00
However, the second argument seems valid in a practical sense. A
2014-03-21 00:30:06 +00:00
typical GNU/Linux distribution includes thousands of programs. It would
2014-03-21 23:07:34 +00:00
be quite difficult for a re-distributor with a large patent portfolio to
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
as released on 2007-03-28.
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) went through FSF's "Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
and pasted in any sections that seemed useful to this tutorial. There is a
lot of interesting material in that particular rationale document, although
much of it is probably too verbose for inclusion. I expect much of this will
need to be cut out.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-guide
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-rationale.tex
As I pasted in this text, I added FIXME's sometimes where it seemed the text
might need work. However, I was much more extensive in just pasting here, so
there's a big editing job now. The whole GPLv3 chapter is now completely
disjoint with all this pasting.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice is
preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2007-03-28 15:20:11 +00:00
review all those programs against that portfolio every time it receives
2014-03-21 00:30:06 +00:00
and passes on a new version of the distribution. Moreover, this question
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
as released on 2007-03-28.
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) went through FSF's "Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
and pasted in any sections that seemed useful to this tutorial. There is a
lot of interesting material in that particular rationale document, although
much of it is probably too verbose for inclusion. I expect much of this will
need to be cut out.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-guide
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-rationale.tex
As I pasted in this text, I added FIXME's sometimes where it seemed the text
might need work. However, I was much more extensive in just pasting here, so
there's a big editing job now. The whole GPLv3 chapter is now completely
disjoint with all this pasting.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice is
preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2007-03-28 15:20:11 +00:00
raises a strategic issue. If the GPLv3 patent license requirements
convince patent-holding companies to remain outside the distribution
path of all GPL-covered software, then these requirements, no matter how
strong, will cover few patents.
2014-03-21 00:30:06 +00:00
GPLv3 therefore makes a partial concession
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
as released on 2007-03-28.
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) went through FSF's "Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
and pasted in any sections that seemed useful to this tutorial. There is a
lot of interesting material in that particular rationale document, although
much of it is probably too verbose for inclusion. I expect much of this will
need to be cut out.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-guide
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-rationale.tex
As I pasted in this text, I added FIXME's sometimes where it seemed the text
might need work. However, I was much more extensive in just pasting here, so
there's a big editing job now. The whole GPLv3 chapter is now completely
disjoint with all this pasting.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice is
preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2007-03-28 15:20:11 +00:00
which would lead these companies to feel secure in doing the
2014-03-21 00:30:06 +00:00
distribution themselves. GPLv3~\S 11
applies only to those distributors that have
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
as released on 2007-03-28.
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) went through FSF's "Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
and pasted in any sections that seemed useful to this tutorial. There is a
lot of interesting material in that particular rationale document, although
much of it is probably too verbose for inclusion. I expect much of this will
need to be cut out.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-guide
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-rationale.tex
As I pasted in this text, I added FIXME's sometimes where it seemed the text
might need work. However, I was much more extensive in just pasting here, so
there's a big editing job now. The whole GPLv3 chapter is now completely
disjoint with all this pasting.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice is
preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2007-03-28 15:20:11 +00:00
modified the program. The other changes we have made in sections 10 and
11 provide strengthened defenses against patent assertion and compensate
partly for this concession.
2014-03-21 00:30:06 +00:00
Therefore, GPLv3~\S 11 introduces the terms ``contributor'', ``contributor version'', and
``essential patent claims'', which are
used in the GPLv3~\S 11\P 3. Viewed from the perspective of a recipient of the
Program, contributors include all the copyright holders for the Program,
other than copyright holders of material originally licensed under non-GPL
terms and later incorporated into a GPL-covered work. The contributors are
therefore the initial GPLv3 licensors of the Program and all subsequent
upstream licensors who convey, under the terms of GPLv3~\S 5, modified covered
works.
Thus, the ``contributor version'' includes the material the contributor has copied from the
upstream version that the contributor has modified. GPLv3~\S 11\P 3
does not apply to those that redistribute the program
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
as released on 2007-03-28.
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) went through FSF's "Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
and pasted in any sections that seemed useful to this tutorial. There is a
lot of interesting material in that particular rationale document, although
much of it is probably too verbose for inclusion. I expect much of this will
need to be cut out.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-guide
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-rationale.tex
As I pasted in this text, I added FIXME's sometimes where it seemed the text
might need work. However, I was much more extensive in just pasting here, so
there's a big editing job now. The whole GPLv3 chapter is now completely
disjoint with all this pasting.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice is
preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2007-03-28 15:20:11 +00:00
without change.\footnote { An implied patent license from the distributor,
2014-03-21 00:30:06 +00:00
however, often arises. See \S ~\ref { gpl-implied-patent-grant} in this tutorial}
In other words, the ``contributor version'' includes not just
the material added or altered by the contributor, but also the pre-existing
material the contributor copied from the upstream version and retained in the
modified version. (GPLv3's usage of ``contributor'' and ``contribution'' should
not be confused with the various other ways in which those terms are used in
certain other free software licenses\footnote { Cf., e.g., Apache License,
version 2.0, section 1; Eclipse Public License, version 1.0, section 1;
Mozilla Public License, version 1.1, section 1.1.} .)
Some details of the ``essential patent claims'' definition deserve special
mention. ``Essential patent claims'', for a given party, are a subset of the
claims ``owned or controlled'' by the party. They do include sublicensable
claims that have been licensed to the contributor by a third
party.\footnote { This issue is typically handled in other software freedom
licenses having patent licensing provisions by use of the unhelpful term
``licensable,'' which is either left undefined or is given an ambiguous
definition.} Most commercial patent license agreements that permit
sublicensing do so under restrictive terms that are inconsistent with the
requirements of the GPL\@ . For example, some patent licenses allow the
patent licensee to sublicense but require collection of royalties from any
sublicensees. The patent licensee could not distribute a GPL-covered program
and grant the recipient a patent sublicense for the program without violating
section 12 of GPLv3.\footnote { GPLv3 also provides an example in section 12
that makes this point clear.} In rare cases, however, a conveying party
can freely grant patent sublicenses to downstream recipients without
violating the GPL\@ .
Additionally, ``essential patent claims'' are those patents ``that would be
infringed by some manner, permitted by this License, of making, using, or
selling the work''. This intends to make clear that a patent claim is
``essential'' if some mode of usage would infringe that claim, even if there
are other modes of usage that would not infringe.
Finally, ``essential patent claims \ldots do not include
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
as released on 2007-03-28.
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) went through FSF's "Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
and pasted in any sections that seemed useful to this tutorial. There is a
lot of interesting material in that particular rationale document, although
much of it is probably too verbose for inclusion. I expect much of this will
need to be cut out.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-guide
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-rationale.tex
As I pasted in this text, I added FIXME's sometimes where it seemed the text
might need work. However, I was much more extensive in just pasting here, so
there's a big editing job now. The whole GPLv3 chapter is now completely
disjoint with all this pasting.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice is
preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2007-03-28 15:20:11 +00:00
claims that would be infringed only as a consequence of further
2014-03-21 00:30:06 +00:00
modification of the work.'' The set of essential patent
claims licensed is fixed by the
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
as released on 2007-03-28.
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) went through FSF's "Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
and pasted in any sections that seemed useful to this tutorial. There is a
lot of interesting material in that particular rationale document, although
much of it is probably too verbose for inclusion. I expect much of this will
need to be cut out.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-guide
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-rationale.tex
As I pasted in this text, I added FIXME's sometimes where it seemed the text
might need work. However, I was much more extensive in just pasting here, so
there's a big editing job now. The whole GPLv3 chapter is now completely
disjoint with all this pasting.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice is
preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2007-03-28 15:20:11 +00:00
the particular version of the work that was contributed. The claim set
cannot expand as a work is further modified downstream. (If it could,
then any software patent claim would be included, since any software
patent claim can be infringed by some further modification of the
work.)\footnote { However, ``the work'' should not be understood to be
restricted to a particular mechanical affixation of, or medium for
distributing, a program, where the same program might be provided in
other forms or in other ways that may be captured by other patent claims
held by the contributor.}
2014-03-21 00:30:06 +00:00
\medskip
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
as released on 2007-03-28.
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) went through FSF's "Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
and pasted in any sections that seemed useful to this tutorial. There is a
lot of interesting material in that particular rationale document, although
much of it is probably too verbose for inclusion. I expect much of this will
need to be cut out.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-guide
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-rationale.tex
As I pasted in this text, I added FIXME's sometimes where it seemed the text
might need work. However, I was much more extensive in just pasting here, so
there's a big editing job now. The whole GPLv3 chapter is now completely
disjoint with all this pasting.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice is
preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2007-03-28 15:20:11 +00:00
2014-03-21 00:30:06 +00:00
Ideally, this contributor patent policy will result in fairly frequent licensing of patent
claims by contributors. A contributor is charged with awareness of the fact
that it has modified a work and provided it to others; no act of contribution
should be treated as inadvertent. GPLv3's rule also requires no more work, for a
contributor, than the weaker rule proposed by the patent holders. Under
their rule, the contributor must always compare the entire work against its
patent portfolio to determine whether the combination of the modifications
with the remainder of the work cause it to read on any of the contributor's
patent claims.
\subsection { Conveyors' Patent Licensing}
The remaining patent licensing in GPLv3 deals with patent licenses that are
2014-03-21 23:07:34 +00:00
granted by conveyance. The licensing is not as complete or far reaching as
2014-03-21 00:30:06 +00:00
the contributor patent licenses discussed in the preceding section.
The term ``patent license,'' as used in GPLv3~\S 11\P 4--6, is not meant to be
confined to agreements formally identified or classified as patent licenses.
GPLv3~\S 11\P 3 makes this clear by defining ``patent
license,'' for purposes of the subsequent three paragraphs, as ``any express
agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
sue for patent infringement)''
% FIME-LATER: I want to ask Fontana about this before adding it.
% The definition does not include patent licenses that arise by
% implication or operation of law, because the third through fifth paragraphs
% of section 11 are specifically concerned with explicit promises that purport
% to be legally enforceable.
GPLv3~\S 11\P 5 is commonly called GPLv3's downstream shielding provision. It
responds particularly to the problem of exclusive deals between patent
holders and distributors, which threaten to distort the free software
distribution system in a manner adverse to developers and users. The
fundamental idea is to make a trade-off between assuring a patent license for
downstream and making (possibly patent-encumbered) CCS publicly available.
Simply put, in nearly all cases in which the ``knowingly relying'' test is
met, the patent license will indeed not be sublicensable or generally
available to all on free terms. If, on the other hand, the patent license is
generally available under terms consistent with the requirements of the GPL,
the distributor is automatically in compliance, because the patent license
has already been extended to all downstream recipients. Finally, if the
patent license is sublicensable on GPL-consistent terms, the distributor may
choose to grant sublicenses to downstream recipients instead of causing the
CCS to be publicly available. (In such a case, if the distributor is also a
contributor, it will already have granted a patent sublicense anyway, and so
it need not do anything further to comply with the third paragraph.)
2014-03-21 23:07:34 +00:00
Admittedly, public disclosure of CCS is not necessarily required by other
2014-03-21 00:30:06 +00:00
sections of the GPL, and the FSF in drafting GPLv3 did not necessarily wish
to impose a general requirement to make source code available to all, which
has never been a GPL condition. However, many vendors who produce products
2014-03-21 23:07:34 +00:00
that include copylefted software, and who are most likely to be affected by the
2014-03-21 00:30:06 +00:00
downstream shielding provision, lobbied for the addition of the source code
availability option, so it remains.
Meanwhile, two specific alternatives to the source code availability option
are also available. The distributor may comply by disclaiming the patent
license it has been granted for the conveyed work, or by arranging to extend
the patent license to downstream recipients\footnote { The latter option, if
chosen, must be done ``in a manner consistent with the requirements of this
License''; for example, it is unavailable if extension of the patent
license would result in a violation of GPLv3~\S 12.} . The GPL is intended
to permit private distribution as well as public distribution, and the
addition of these options ensures that this remains the case, even though it
remains likely that distributors in this situation will usually choose the
source code availability option.
Note that GPLv3~\S 11\P 5 is activated only if the CCS is not already otherwise
publicly available. (Most often it will, in fact, already be available on
some network server operated by a third party.) Even if it is not already
available, the option to ``cause the Corresponding Source to be so
available'' can then be satisfied by verifying that a third party has acted
to make it available. That is to say, the affected distributor need not
itself host the CCS to take advantage of the source code availability option.
This subtlety may help the distributor avoid certain peculiar assumptions of
liability.
Note that GPLv3~\S 11\P 6--7 are designed to stop distributors from colluding with
third parties to offer selective patent protection. GPLv3 is designed to
ensure that all users receive the same rights; arrangements that circumvent
this make a mockery of free software, and we must do everything in our power
to stop them.
First, GPLv3~\S 11\P 6 states that any license that protects some recipients of
2014-03-21 00:56:36 +00:00
GPL'd software must be extended to all recipients of the software.
2014-03-21 00:30:06 +00:00
If conveyors arrange to provide patent
2007-03-28 14:00:00 +00:00
protection to some of the people who get the software from you, that
protection is automatically extended to everyone who receives the software,
2014-03-21 00:30:06 +00:00
no matter how they get it.
Second, GPLv3~\S 11\P 7
prohibit anyone who made such an agreement from distributing software
released under GPLv3. Conveyors are prohibited from
distributing software under GPLv3 if the conveyor makes an agreement of that
nature in the future.
The date in GPLv3~\S 11\P 7 likely seems arbitrary to those who did not follow
the GPLv3 drafting process. This issue was hotly debated during the drafting of
GPLv3, but ultimately one specific deal of this type --- a deal between Microsoft
and Novell for Microsoft to provide so-called ``coupons'' to Microsoft customers to redeem
for copies of Novell's GNU/Linux distribution with a Microsoft patent license -- was
designed to be excluded.
The main reason for this was a tactical decision by the FSF. FSF believed they can do more to
protect the community by allowing Novell to use software under GPLv3
than by forbidding it to do so. This is because of
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Final Discussion Draft Rationale",
as released on 2007-05-31.
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) went through FSF's "Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
and pasted in any sections that seemed useful to this tutorial. There is a
lot of interesting material in that particular rationale document, although
much of it is probably too verbose for inclusion. I expect much of this will
need to be cut out.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd4-guide.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd4-rationale.tex
As I pasted in this text, I added FIXME's sometimes where it seemed the text
might need work. However, I was much more extensive in just pasting here, so
there's a big editing job now. As mentioned in a previous commit, the whole
GPLv3 chapter is now completely disjoint with all this pasting.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice is
preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2007-05-31 17:15:01 +00:00
paragraph 6 of section 11 (corresponding to paragraph 4 in Draft 3).
It will apply, under the Microsoft/Novell deal, because of the coupons
that Microsoft has acquired that essentially commit it to participate
in the distribution of the Novell SLES GNU/Linux system.
2014-03-21 00:30:06 +00:00
The FSF also gave a secondary reason: to avoid affecting other kinds of agreements for
other kinds of activities. While GPLv3 sought to
distinguish pernicious deals of the Microsoft/Novell type from
business conduct that is not particularly harmful, the FSF also did not
assume success in that drafting, and thus there remained some risk that other
unchangeable past agreements could fall within the scope of GPLv3~\S 11\P 7.
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Final Discussion Draft Rationale",
as released on 2007-05-31.
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) went through FSF's "Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
and pasted in any sections that seemed useful to this tutorial. There is a
lot of interesting material in that particular rationale document, although
much of it is probably too verbose for inclusion. I expect much of this will
need to be cut out.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd4-guide.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd4-rationale.tex
As I pasted in this text, I added FIXME's sometimes where it seemed the text
might need work. However, I was much more extensive in just pasting here, so
there's a big editing job now. As mentioned in a previous commit, the whole
GPLv3 chapter is now completely disjoint with all this pasting.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice is
preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2007-05-31 17:15:01 +00:00
In future deals, distributors engaging in ordinary business practices
2014-03-21 00:30:06 +00:00
can structure the agreements so that they do not fall under GPLv3~\S 11\P 7.
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
as released on 2007-03-28.
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) went through FSF's "Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
and pasted in any sections that seemed useful to this tutorial. There is a
lot of interesting material in that particular rationale document, although
much of it is probably too verbose for inclusion. I expect much of this will
need to be cut out.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-guide
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-rationale.tex
As I pasted in this text, I added FIXME's sometimes where it seemed the text
might need work. However, I was much more extensive in just pasting here, so
there's a big editing job now. The whole GPLv3 chapter is now completely
disjoint with all this pasting.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice is
preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2007-03-28 15:20:11 +00:00
2014-03-21 00:39:45 +00:00
\section { GPLv3~\S 12: Familiar as GPLv2~\S 7}
2014-02-20 14:34:49 +00:00
2014-03-21 00:39:45 +00:00
GPLv2~\S 12 remains almost completely unchanged from the text that appears
GPLv2~\S 7. This is an important provision that ensures a catch-all to ensure
that nothing ``surprising'' interferes with the continued conveyance safely
under copyleft.
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
2014-03-21 00:39:45 +00:00
The wording in the first sentence of GPLv3~\S 12 has been revised slightly to
clarify that an agreement -- such as a litigation settlement agreement or a
patent license agreement -- is one of the ways in which conditions may be
``imposed'' on a GPL licensee that may contradict the conditions of the GPL,
but which do not excuse the licensee from compliance with those conditions.
This change codifies the historical interpretation of GPLv2.
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
2014-03-21 00:39:45 +00:00
GPLv3 removed the limited severability clause of GPLv2~\S 7 as a
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
matter of tactical judgment, believing that this is the best way to ensure
2014-03-21 00:39:45 +00:00
that all provisions of the GPL will be upheld in court. GPLv3 also removed
the final sentence of GPLv2 section 7, which the FSF consider to be unnecessary.
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
\section { GPLv3~\S 13: The Great Affero Compromise}
2014-02-20 14:34:49 +00:00
2014-03-21 00:46:27 +00:00
The Affero GPL was written with the expectation that its
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
as released on 2007-03-28.
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) went through FSF's "Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
and pasted in any sections that seemed useful to this tutorial. There is a
lot of interesting material in that particular rationale document, although
much of it is probably too verbose for inclusion. I expect much of this will
need to be cut out.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-guide
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-rationale.tex
As I pasted in this text, I added FIXME's sometimes where it seemed the text
might need work. However, I was much more extensive in just pasting here, so
there's a big editing job now. The whole GPLv3 chapter is now completely
disjoint with all this pasting.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice is
preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2007-03-28 15:20:11 +00:00
additional requirement would be incorporated into the terms of GPLv3
2014-03-21 00:46:27 +00:00
itself. Many software freedom advocates, including some authors of this
tutorial, advocated heavily for that, and fully expected it to happen.
The FSF, however, chose not to include the Affero clause in GPLv3, due to
what it called ``irreconcilable views from
different parts of the community''. Many
commercial users of Free Software were opposed to the inclusion of a
mandatory Affero-like requirement in the body of GPLv3 itself. In fact, some
wealthier companies even threatened to permanently fund forks of many FSF
copyrighted-programs under GPLv2 if the Affero clause appeared in GPLv3.
Meanwhile, there was disagreement even among copyleft enthusiasts about the
importance of the provision. A coalition never formed, and ultimately the
more powerful interest implicitly allied with the companies who deeply opposed
the Affero clause such that the FSF felt the Affero clause would need its own
license, but one compatible with GPLv3.
GPLv3~\S 13 makes GPLv3 compatible with the AGPLv3, so that at least code can
be shared between AGPLv3'd and GPLv3' projects, even if the Affero clause
does not automatically apply to all GPLv3'd works.
%FIXME-LATER: no time to do this justice, will come back later, instead the
%above.
%% Some of this hostility seemed to be based on a misapprehension that
%% Affero-like terms placed on part of a covered work would somehow extend
%% to the whole of the work.\footnote{It is possible that the presence of
%% the GPLv2-derived copyleft clause in the existing Affero GPL contributed
%% to this misunderstanding.} Our explanations to the contrary did little
%% to satisfy these critics; their objections to 7b4 instead evolved into a
%% broader indictment of the additional requirements scheme of section 7.
%% It was clear, however, that much of the concern about 7b4 stemmed from
%% its general formulation. Many were alarmed at the prospect of GPLv3
%% compatibility for numerous Affero-like licensing conditions,
%% unpredictable in their details but potentially having significant
%% commercial consequences.
%% On the other hand, many developers, otherwise sympathetic to the policy
%% goals of the Affero GPL, have objected to the form of the additional
%% requirement in that license. These developers were generally
%% disappointed with our decision to allow Affero-like terms through
%% section 7, rather than adopt a condition for GPLv3. Echoing their
%% concerns about the Affero GPL itself, they found fault with the wording
%% of the section 7 clause in both of the earlier drafts. We drafted 7b4
%% at a higher level than its Draft 1 counterpart based in part on comments
%% from these developers. They considered the Draft 1 clause too closely
%% tied to the Affero mechanism of preserving functioning facilities for
%% downloading source, which they found too restrictive of the right of
%% modification. The 7b4 rewording did not satisfy them, however. They
%% objected to its limitation to terms requiring compliance by network
%% transmission of source, and to the technically imprecise or inaccurate
%% use of the phrase ``same network session.''
%% We have concluded that any redrafting of the 7b4 clause would fail to
%% satisfy the concerns of both sets of its critics. The first group
%% maintains that GPLv3 should do nothing about the problem of public
%% use. The second group would prefer for GPLv3 itself to have an
%% Affero-like condition, but that seems to us too drastic. By permitting
%% GPLv3-covered code to be linked with code covered by version 2 of the
%% Affero GPL, the new section 13 honors our original commitment to
%% achieving GPL compatibility for the Affero license.
%% Version 2 of the Affero GPL is not yet published. We will work with
%% Affero, Inc., and with all other interested members of our community, to
%% complete the drafting of this license following the release of Draft 3,
%% with a goal of having a final version available by the time of our
%% adoption of the final version of GPLv3. We hope the new Affero license
%% will satisfy those developers who are concerned about the issue of
%% public use of unconveyed versions but who have concerns about the
%% narrowness of the condition in the existing Affero license.
%% As the second sentence in section 13 indicates, when a combined work is
%% made by linking GPLv3-covered code with Affero-covered code, the
%% copyleft on one part will not extend to the other part.\footnote{The
%% plan is that the additional requirement of the new Affero license will
%% state a reciprocal limitation.} That is to say, in such combinations,
%% the Affero requirement will apply only to the part that was brought into
%% the combination under the Affero license. Those who receive such a
%% combination and do not wish to use code under the Affero requirement may
%% remove the Affero-covered portion of the combination.
Meanwhile, those who criticize the permission to link with code under the Affero
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
as released on 2007-03-28.
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) went through FSF's "Third Discussion Draft Rationale",
and pasted in any sections that seemed useful to this tutorial. There is a
lot of interesting material in that particular rationale document, although
much of it is probably too verbose for inclusion. I expect much of this will
need to be cut out.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-guide
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd3-rationale.tex
As I pasted in this text, I added FIXME's sometimes where it seemed the text
might need work. However, I was much more extensive in just pasting here, so
there's a big editing job now. The whole GPLv3 chapter is now completely
disjoint with all this pasting.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice is
preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2007-03-28 15:20:11 +00:00
GPL should recognize that most other free software licenses also permit
such linking.
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
\section { GPLv3~\S 14: So, When's GPLv4?}
2014-03-20 14:11:47 +00:00
\label { GPLv3s14}
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
No substantive change has been made in section 14. The wording of the section
has been revised slightly to make it clearer.
2014-03-21 00:48:15 +00:00
It's unclear when the FSF might consider publishing GPLv4. However, this
section makes it clear that the FSF is the sole authority who can decide
such.
The main addition to this section allows a third-party proxy to be appointed
by contributors who wish someone else to make relicensing to new versions of
GPL when they are released. This is a ``halfway'' point between using ``-only''
or ``-or-later'' by consolidating the decision-making on that issue to a
single authority.
% FIXME-LATER: better proxy description
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
\section { GPLv3~\S 15--17: Warranty Disclaimers and Liability Limitation}
2014-02-20 14:34:49 +00:00
Relevant text from GPLv3 First Discussion Draft Rationale of 2006-01-16.
I carefully went through FSF's First Discussion Draft Rationale, which was
published on Monday 16 January 2006 and merged in any relevant text and
descriptions that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl-rationale-2006-01-16.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014.
2014-03-19 13:44:59 +00:00
No substantive changes have been made in sections 15 and 16.
2014-03-21 00:49:06 +00:00
% FIXME-LATER: more, plus 17
2014-02-20 14:34:49 +00:00
2014-03-21 00:49:44 +00:00
% FIXME-LATER: Section header needed here about choice of law.
% FIXME-LATER: reword into tutorial
%% Some have asked us to address the difficulties of internationalization
%% by including, or permitting the inclusion of, a choice of law
%% provision. We maintain that this is the wrong approach. Free
%% software licenses should not contain choice of law clauses, for both
%% legal and pragmatic reasons. Choice of law clauses are creatures of
%% contract, but the substantive rights granted by the GPL are defined
%% under applicable local copyright law. Contractual free software
%% licenses can operate only to diminish these rights. Choice of law
%% clauses also raise complex questions of interpretation when works of
%% software are created by combination and extension. There is also the
%% real danger that a choice of law clause will specify a jurisdiction
%% that is hostile to free software principles.
%% % FIXME-LATER: reword into tutorial, \ref to section 7.
%% Our revised version of section 7 makes explicit our view that the
%% inclusion of a choice of law clause by a licensee is the imposition of
%% an additional requirement in violation of the GPL. Moreover, if a
%% program author or copyright holder purports to supplement the GPL with
%% a choice of law clause, section 7 now permits any licensee to remove
%% that clause.
% FIXME-LATER: does this need to be a section, describing how it was out then in
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Second Discussion Draft Rationale", as
published circa late 2006-07, (around time of GPLv3 Second Discussion Draft)
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) carefully went through FSF's "DRM", which appears to have
been published on Thursday 27 July 2006, and merged in any relevant footnotes
that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/opinions-draft-2.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd1to2-markup-rationale.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2006-07-27 16:13:49 +00:00
% then out then in? :)
2014-03-21 00:49:06 +00:00
Finally, the FSF shortened the section on ``How to Apply These
Terms to Your New Programs'' to just the bare essentials.
Relevant text from FSF's "GPLv3 Second Discussion Draft Rationale", as
published circa late 2006-07, (around time of GPLv3 Second Discussion Draft)
I (Bradley M. Kuhn) carefully went through FSF's "DRM", which appears to have
been published on Thursday 27 July 2006, and merged in any relevant footnotes
that might be of use in this tutorial.
The raw material used for this commit can be found here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/opinions-draft-2.html
Specifically, a copy of the LaTeX sources are here:
http://gplv3.fsf.org/gpl3-dd1to2-markup-rationale.tex
As I merged in this text, I added FIXME's where it seemed the text was
incomplete or referred to parts of GPLv3 draft text that disappeared in later
versions.
Finally, note that this material was originally copyrighted and licensed as
follows:
Copyright © 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are permitted
worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice, and the
copyright notice, are preserved.
However, I am hereby relicensing this material to CC-By-SA-4.0, with the
verbal permission from John Sullivan, Executive Director of the FSF, which
was given to me during a conference call on Wednesday 12 February 2014. I
also confirmed that relicensing permission on IRC with johnsu01 today.
2006-07-27 16:13:49 +00:00
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\chapter { The Lesser GPL}
As we have seen in our consideration of the GPL, its text is specifically
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
designed to cover all possible derivative works under copyright law. Our
2014-03-21 23:07:34 +00:00
goal in designing the GPL was to make sure that any derivative work of GPL'd
2014-03-21 23:10:17 +00:00
software was itself released under the GPL when distributed. Reaching as far
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
as copyright law will allow is the most direct way to reach that goal.
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
However, while the strategic goal is to bring as much Free Software
into the world as possible, particular tactical considerations
regarding software freedom dictate different means. Extending the
copyleft effect as far as copyright law allows is not always the most
prudent course in reaching the goal. In particular situations, even
those of us with the goal of building a world where all published
software is Free Software realize that full copyleft does not best
serve us. The GNU Lesser General Public License (``GNU LGPL'') was
designed as a solution for such situations.
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
\section { The First LGPL'd Program}
The first example that FSF encountered where such altered tactics were
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
needed was when work began on the GNU C Library. The GNU C Library would
become (and today, now is) a drop-in replacement for existing C libraries.
2004-02-12 21:08:33 +00:00
On a Unix-like operating system, C is the lingua franca and the C library
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
is an essential component for all programs. It is extremely difficult to
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
construct a program that will run with ease on a Unix-like operating
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
system without making use of services provided by the C library --- even
if the program is written in a language other than C\@ . Effectively, all
2004-02-12 21:08:33 +00:00
user application programs that run on any modern Unix-like system must
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
make use of the C library.
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
By the time work began on the GNU implementation of the C libraries, there
2004-01-14 19:41:06 +00:00
were already many C libraries in existence from a variety of vendors.
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
Every proprietary Unix vendor had one, and many third parties produced
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
smaller versions for special purpose use. However, our goal was to create
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
a C library that would provide equivalent functionality to these other C
2004-02-12 21:08:33 +00:00
libraries on a Free Software operating system (which in fact happens today
on modern GNU/Linux systems, which all use the GNU C Library).
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
Unlike existing GNU application software, however, the licensing
2014-03-21 23:10:17 +00:00
implications of releasing the GNU C Library (``glibc'') under the GPL were
2014-03-21 23:15:20 +00:00
somewhat different. Applications released under the GPL would never
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
themselves become part of proprietary software. However, if glibc were
2014-03-21 23:15:20 +00:00
released under the GPL, it would require that any application distributed for
the GNU/Linux platform be released under the GPL\@ .
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
Since all applications on a Unix-like system depend on the C library, it
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
means that they must link with that library to function on the system. In
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
other words, all applications running on a Unix-like system must be
combined with the C library to form a new whole derivative work that is
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
composed of the original application and the C library. Thus, if glibc
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
were GPL'd, each and every application distributed for use on GNU/Linux
would also need to be GPL'd, since to even function, such applications
would need to be combined into larger derivative works by linking with
glibc.
At first glance, such an outcome seems like a windfall for Free Software
advocates, since it stops all proprietary software development on
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
GNU/Linux systems. However, the outcome is a bit more subtle. In a world
where many C libraries already exist, many of which could easily be ported
to GNU/Linux, a GPL'd glibc would be unlikely to succeed. Proprietary
2004-02-12 21:08:33 +00:00
vendors would see the excellent opportunity to license their C libraries
to anyone who wished to write proprietary software for GNU/Linux systems.
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
The de-facto standard for the C library on GNU/Linux would likely be not
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
glibc, but the most popular proprietary one.
2014-03-21 23:15:20 +00:00
Meanwhile, the actual goal of releasing glibc under the GPL --- to ensure no
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
proprietary applications on GNU/Linux --- would be unattainable in this
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
scenario. Furthermore, users of those proprietary applications would also
2004-02-12 21:08:33 +00:00
be users of a proprietary C library, not the Free glibc.
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
The Lesser GPL was initially conceived to handle this scenario. It was
2004-02-12 21:08:33 +00:00
clear that the existence of proprietary applications for GNU/Linux was
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
inevitable. Since there were so many C libraries already in existence, a
2014-03-21 23:15:20 +00:00
new one under the GPL would not stop that tide. However, if the new C library
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
were released under a license that permitted proprietary applications
to link with it, but made sure that the library itself remained Free,
an ancillary goal could be met. Users of proprietary applications, while
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
they would not have the freedom to copy, share, modify and redistribute
the application itself, would have the freedom to do so with respect to
the C library.
There was no way the license of glibc could stop or even slow the creation
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
of proprietary applications on GNU/Linux. However, loosening the
2004-02-12 21:08:33 +00:00
restrictions on the licensing of glibc ensured that nearly all proprietary
applications at least used a Free C library rather than a proprietary one.
This trade-off is central to the reasoning behind the LGPL\@ .
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
Of course, many people who use the LGPL today are not thinking in these
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
terms. In fact, they are often choosing the LGPL because they are looking
2004-02-12 21:08:33 +00:00
for a ``compromise'' between the GPL and the X11-style liberal licensing.
However, understanding FSF's reasoning behind the creation of the LGPL is
helpful when studying the license.
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
\section { What's the Same?}
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
Much of the text of the LGPL is identical to the GPL\@ . As we begin our
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
discussion of the LGPL, we will first eliminate the sections that are
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
identical, or that have the minor modification changing the word
``Program'' to ``Library.''
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
First, LGPLv2.1~\S 1, the rules for verbatim copying of source, are
equivalent to those in GPLv2~\S 1.
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
Second, LGPLv2.1~\S 8 is equivalent GPLv2~\S 4\@ . In both licenses, this
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
section handles termination in precisely the same manner.
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
LGPLv2.1~\S 9 is equivalent to GPLv2~\S 5\@ . Both sections assert that
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
the license is a copyright license, and handle the acceptance of those
copyright terms.
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
LGPLv2.1~\S 10 is equivalent to GPLv2~\S 6. They both protect the
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
distribution system of Free Software under these licenses, to ensure that
up, down, and throughout the distribution chain, each recipient of the
software receives identical rights under the license and no other
restrictions are imposed.
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
LGPLv2.1~\S 11 is GPLv2~\S 7. As discussed, it is used to ensure that
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
other claims and legal realities, such as patent licenses and court
2004-01-14 19:41:06 +00:00
judgments, do not trump the rights and permissions granted by these
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
licenses, and requires that distribution be halted if such a trump is
known to exist.
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
LGPLv2.1~\S 12 adds the same features as GPLv2~\S 8. These sections are
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
used to allow original copyright holders to forbid distribution in
2004-01-14 19:41:06 +00:00
countries with draconian laws that would otherwise contradict these
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
licenses.
2014-03-21 23:15:20 +00:00
LGPLv2.1~\S 13 sets up the FSF as the steward of the LGPL, just as GPLv2~\S 9
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
does for GPL. Meanwhile, LGPLv2.1~\S 14 reminds licensees that copyright
holders can grant exceptions to the terms of LGPL, just as GPLv2~\S 10
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
reminds licensees of the same thing.
Finally, the assertions of no warranty and limitations of liability are
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
identical; thus LGPLv2.1~\S 15 and LGPLv2.1~\S 16 are the same as GPLv2~\S 11 and \S
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
12.
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
As we see, the entire latter half of the license is identical.
2004-01-14 19:41:06 +00:00
The parts which set up the legal boundaries and meta-rules for the license
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
are the same. It is our intent that the two licenses operate under the
2004-01-14 19:41:06 +00:00
same legal mechanisms and are enforced precisely the same way.
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
We strike a difference only in the early portions of the license.
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
Namely, in the LGPL we go into deeper detail of granting various permissions to
2014-03-21 23:15:20 +00:00
create derivative works, so the re-distributors can make
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
some proprietary derivatives. Since we simply do not allow the
license to stretch as far as copyright law does regarding what
derivative works must be relicensed under the same terms, we must go
further to explain which derivative works we will allow to be
proprietary. Thus, we'll see that the front matter of the LGPL is a
bit more wordy and detailed with regards to the permissions granted to
those who modify or redistribute the software.
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
\section { Additions to the Preamble}
2014-03-21 23:17:23 +00:00
Most of the LGPL's Preamble is identical, but the last seven paragraphs
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
introduce the concepts and reasoning behind creation of the license,
2004-01-14 19:41:06 +00:00
presenting a more generalized and briefer version of the story with which
2014-03-21 23:17:23 +00:00
we began our consideration of the LGPL\@ .
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
2014-03-21 23:17:23 +00:00
In short, FSF designed the LGPL for those edge cases where the freedom of the
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
public can better be served by a more lax licensing system. FSF doesn't
2014-03-21 23:17:23 +00:00
encourage use of the LGPL automatically for any software that happens to be a
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
library; rather, FSF suggests that it only be used in specific cases, such
as the following:
\begin { itemize}
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
\item To encourage the widest possible use of a Free Software library, so
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
it becomes a de-facto standard over similar, although not
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
interface-identical, proprietary alternatives
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
\item To encourage use of a Free Software library that already has
interface-identical proprietary competitors that are more developed
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
\item To allow a greater number of users to get freedom, by encouraging
proprietary companies to pick a Free alternative for its otherwise
proprietary products
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
\end { itemize}
2014-03-21 23:17:23 +00:00
The LGPL's preamble sets forth the limits to which the license seeks to go in
chasing these goals. The LGPL is designed to ensure that users who happen to
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
acquire software linked with such libraries have full freedoms with
respect to that library. They should have the ability to upgrade to a newer
or modified Free version or to make their own modifications, even if they
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
cannot modify the primary software program that links to that library.
Finally, the preamble introduces two terms used throughout the license to
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
clarify between the different types of derivative works: ``works that use
2014-03-21 23:17:23 +00:00
the library,'' and ``works based on the library.'' Unlike the GPL, the LGPL must
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
draw some lines regarding derivative works. We do this here in this
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
license because we specifically seek to liberalize the rights afforded to
2014-03-21 23:23:04 +00:00
those who make derivative works. In the GPL, we reach as far as copyright law
allows. In the LGPL, we want to draw a line that allows some derivative works
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
copyright law would otherwise prohibit if the copyright holder exercised
his full permitted controls over the work.
2014-02-20 14:38:48 +00:00
\section { An Application: A Work that Uses the Library}
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
In the effort to allow certain proprietary derivative works and prohibit
2014-03-21 23:23:04 +00:00
others, the LGPL distinguishes between two classes of derivative works:
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
``works based on the library,'' and ``works that use the library.'' The
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
distinction is drawn on the bright line of binary (or runtime) derivative
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
works and source code derivatives. We will first consider the definition
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
of a ``work that uses the library,'' which is set forth in LGPLv2.1~\S 5.
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
We noted in our discussion of GPLv2~\S 3 (discussed in
2014-03-20 14:11:47 +00:00
Section~\ref { GPLv2s3} of this document) that binary programs when
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
compiled and linked with GPL'd software are derivative works of that GPL'd
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
software. This includes both linking that happens at compile-time (when
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
the binary is created) or at runtime (when the binary -- including library
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
and main program both -- is loaded into memory by the user). In GPL,
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
binary derivative works are controlled by the terms of the license (in GPLv2~\S 3),
and distributors of such binary derivatives must release full
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
corresponding source\@ .
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
2004-01-14 19:41:06 +00:00
In the case of LGPL, these are precisely the types of derivative works
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
we wish to permit. This scenario, defined in LGPL as ``a work that uses
the library,'' works as follows:
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
\newcommand { \workl } { $ \mathcal { L } $ }
\newcommand { \lplusi } { $ \mathcal { L \! \! + \! \! I } $ }
2004-01-14 19:41:06 +00:00
\begin { itemize}
\item A new copyright holder creates a separate and independent work,
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
\worki { } , that makes interface calls (e.g., function calls) to the
LGPL'd work, called \workl { } , whose copyright is held by some other
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
party. Note that since \worki { } and \workl { } are separate and
2004-01-14 19:41:06 +00:00
independent works, there is no copyright obligation on this new copyright
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
holder with regard to the licensing of \worki { } , at least with regard to
the source code.
\item The new copyright holder, for her software to be useful, realizes
that it cannot run without combining \worki { } and \workl { } .
Specifically, when she creates a running binary program, that running
binary must be a derivative work, called \lplusi { } , that the user can
run.
\item Since \lplusi { } is a derivative work of both \worki { } and \workl { } ,
the license of \workl { } (the LGPL) can put restrictions on the license
2014-03-21 23:23:04 +00:00
of \lplusi { } . In fact, this is what the LGPL does.
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
\end { itemize}
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
We will talk about the specific restrictions LGPLv2.1 places on ``works
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
that use the library'' in detail in Section~\ref { lgpl-section-6} . For
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
now, focus on the logic related to how the LGPLv2.1 places requirements on
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
the license of \lplusi { } . Note, first of all, the similarity between
this explanation and that in Section~\ref { separate-and-independent} ,
which discussed the combination of otherwise separate and independent
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
works with GPL'd code. Effectively, what LGPLv2.1 does is say that when a
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
new work is otherwise separate and independent, but has interface
calls out to an LGPL'd library, then it is considered a ``work that
uses the library.''
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
In addition, the only reason that LGPLv2.1 has any control over the licensing
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
of a ``work that uses the library'' is for the same reason that GPL has
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
some say over separate and independent works. Namely, such controls exist
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
because the { \em binary combination\/ } (\lplusi { } ) that must be created to
make the separate work (\worki { } ) at all useful is a derivative work of
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
the LGPLv2.1'd software (\workl { } ).
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
Thus, a two-question test that will help indicate if a particular work is
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
a ``work that uses the library'' under LGPLv2.1 is as follows:
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
2004-01-14 19:41:06 +00:00
\begin { enumerate}
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
\item Is the source code of the new copyrighted work, \worki { } , a
2004-01-14 19:41:06 +00:00
completely independent work that stands by itself, and includes no
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
source code from \workl { } ?
\item When the source code is compiled, does it create a derivative work
by combining with \workl { } , either by static (compile-time) or dynamic
(runtime) linking, to create a new binary work, \lplusi { } ?
2004-01-14 19:41:06 +00:00
\end { enumerate}
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
If the answers to both questions are ``yes,'' then \worki { } is most likely
a ``work that uses the library.'' If the answer to the first question
``yes,'' but the answer to the second question is ``no,'' then most likely
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
\worki { } is neither a ``work that uses the library'' nor a ``work based on
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
the library.'' If the answer to the first question is ``no,'' but the
answer to the second question is ``yes,'' then an investigation into
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
whether or not \worki { } is in fact a ``work based on the library'' is
warranted.
2014-02-20 14:38:48 +00:00
\section { The Library, and Works Based On It}
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
In short, a ``work based on the library'' could be defined as any
derivative work of LGPL'd software that cannot otherwise fit the
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
definition of a ``work that uses the library.'' A ``work based on the
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
library'' extends the full width and depth of copyright derivative works,
2014-03-21 23:23:04 +00:00
in the same sense that the GPL does.
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
Most typically, one creates a ``work based on the library'' by directly
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
modifying the source of the library. Such a work could also be created by
tightly integrating new software with the library. The lines are no doubt
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
fuzzy, just as they are with GPL'd works, since copyright law gives us no
litmus test for derivative works of a software program.
Thus, the test to use when considering whether something is a ``work
based on the library'' is as follows:
\begin { enumerate}
\item Is the new work, when in source form, a derivative work under
copyright law of the LGPL'd work?
\item Is there no way in which the new work fits the definition of a
``work that uses the library''?
\end { enumerate}
If the answer is ``yes'' to both these questions, then you most likely
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
have a ``work based on the library.'' If the answer is ``no'' to the
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
first but ``yes'' to the second, you are in a gray area between ``work
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
based on the library'' and a ``work that uses the library.''
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
In our years of work with the LGPLv2.1, however, we have never seen a work
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
of software that was not clearly one or the other; the line is quite
bright. At times, though, we have seen cases where a derivative work
appeared in some ways to be a work that used the library and in other
ways a work based on the library. We overcame this problem by
dividing the work into smaller subunits. It was soon discovered that
what we actually had were three distinct components: the original
LGPL'd work, a specific set of works that used that library, and a
specific set of works that were based on the library. Once such
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
distinctions are established, the licensing for each component can be
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
considered independently and the LGPLv2.1 applied to each work as
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
prescribed.
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
2014-02-20 14:38:48 +00:00
\section { Subtleties in Defining the Application}
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
In our discussion of the definition of ``works that use the library,'' we
left out a few more complex details that relate to lower-level programming
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
details. The fourth paragraph of LGPLv2.1~\S 5 covers these complexities,
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
and it has been a source of great confusion. Part of the confusion comes
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
because a deep understanding of how compiler programs work is nearly
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
mandatory to grasp the subtle nature of what LGPLv2.1~\S 5, \P 4 seeks to
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
cover. It helps some to note that this is a border case that we cover in
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
the license only so that when such a border case is hit, the implications
2014-03-21 23:35:10 +00:00
of using the LGPL continue in the expected way.
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
To understand this subtle point, we must recall the way that a compiler
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
operates. The compiler first generates object code, which are the binary
representations of various programming modules. Each of those modules is
usually not useful by itself; it becomes useful to a user of a full program
when those modules are { \em linked\/ } into a full binary executable.
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
As we have discussed, the assembly of modules can happen at compile-time
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
or at runtime. Legally, there is no distinction between the two --- both
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
create a derivative work by copying and combining portions of one work and
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
mixing them with another. However, under LGPL, there is a case in the
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
compilation process where the legal implications are different.
Specifically, while we know that a ``work that uses the library'' is one
whose final binary is a derivative work, but whose source is not, there
2004-01-14 19:41:06 +00:00
are cases where the object code --- that intermediate step between source
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
and final binary --- is a derivative work created by copying verbatim code
from the LGPL'd software.
2004-01-14 19:41:06 +00:00
For efficiency, when a compiler turns source code into object code, it
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
sometimes places literal portions of the copyrighted library code into the
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
object code for an otherwise separate independent work. In the normal
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
scenario, the derivative would not be created until final assembly and
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
linking of the executable occurred. However, when the compiler does this
2004-01-14 19:41:06 +00:00
efficiency optimization, at the intermediate object code step, a
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
derivative work is created.
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
LGPLv2.1~\S 5\P 4 is designed to handle this specific case. The intent of
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
the license is clearly that simply compiling software to ``make use'' of
the library does not in itself cause the compiled work to be a ``work
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
based on the library.'' However, since the compiler copies verbatim,
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
copyrighted portions of the library into the object code for the otherwise
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
separate and independent work, it would actually cause that object file to be a
``work based on the library.'' It is not FSF's intent that a mere
2004-02-12 21:08:33 +00:00
compilation idiosyncrasy would change the requirements on the users of the
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
LGPLv2.1'd software. This paragraph removes that restriction, allowing the
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
implications of the license to be the same regardless of the specific
mechanisms the compiler uses underneath to create the ``work that uses the
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
library.''
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
As it turns out, we have only once had anyone worry about this specific
idiosyncrasy, because that particular vendor wanted to ship object code
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
(rather than final binaries) to their customers and was worried about
this edge condition. The intent of clarifying this edge condition is
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
primarily to quell the worries of software engineers who understand the
level of verbatim code copying that a compiler often does, and to help
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
them understand that the full implications of LGPLv2.1 are the same regardless
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
of the details of the compilation progress.
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
\section { LGPLv2.1~\S 6 \& LGPLv2.1~\S 5: Combining the Works}
2004-02-12 21:08:33 +00:00
\label { lgpl-section-6}
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
Now that we have established a good working definition of works that
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
``use'' and works that ``are based on'' the library, we will consider the
rules for distributing these two different works.
The rules for distributing ``works that use the library'' are covered in
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
LGPLv2.1~\S 6\@ . LGPLv2.1~\S 6 is much like GPLv2~\S 3, as it requires the release
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
of source when a binary version of the LGPL'd software is released. Of
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
course, it only requires that source code for the library itself be made
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
available. The work that ``uses'' the library need not be provided in
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
source form. However, there are also conditions in LGPLv2.1~\S 6 to make sure
2004-01-14 19:41:06 +00:00
that a user who wishes to modify or update the library can do so.
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
LGPLv2.1~\S 6 lists five choices with regard to supplying library source
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
and granting the freedom to modify that library source to users. We
2014-03-19 16:39:40 +00:00
will first consider the option given by \S ~6(b), which describes the
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
most common way currently used for LGPLv2.1 compliance on a ``work that
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
uses the library.''
2004-01-14 19:41:06 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
LGPLv2.1~\S 6(b) allows the distributor of a ``work that uses the library'' to
2004-01-14 19:41:06 +00:00
simply use a dynamically linked, shared library mechanism to link with the
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
library. This is by far the easiest and most straightforward option for
distribution. In this case, the executable of the work that uses the
2004-01-14 19:41:06 +00:00
library will contain only the ``stub code'' that is put in place by the
shared library mechanism, and at runtime the executable will combine with
the shared version of the library already resident on the user's computer.
If such a mechanism is used, it must allow the user to upgrade and
replace the library with interface-compatible versions and still be able
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
to use the ``work that uses the library.'' However, all modern shared
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
library mechanisms function as such, and thus LGPLv2.1~\S 6(b) is the simplest
2014-03-21 23:35:10 +00:00
option, since it does not even require that the distributor of the ``work
based on the library'' ship copies of the library itself.
2004-01-14 19:41:06 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
LGPLv2.1~\S 6(a) is the option to use when, for some reason, a shared library
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
mechanism cannot be used. It requires that the source for the library be
2004-01-14 19:41:06 +00:00
included, in the typical GPL fashion, but it also has a requirement beyond
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
that. The user must be able to exercise her freedom to modify the library
2004-01-14 19:41:06 +00:00
to its fullest extent, and that means recombining it with the ``work based
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
on the library.'' If the full binary is linked without a shared library
mechanism, the user must have available the object code for the ``work
based on the library,'' so that the user can relink the application and
2004-01-14 19:41:06 +00:00
build a new binary.
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
The remaining options in LGPLv2.1~\S 6 are very similar to the other choices
provided by GPLv2~\S 3. There are some additional options, but time does
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
not permit us in this course to go into those additional options. In
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
almost all cases of distribution under LGPL, either LGPLv2.1~\S 6(a) or LGPLv2.1~\S 6(b) are
2004-02-12 21:08:33 +00:00
exercised.
2004-01-14 19:41:06 +00:00
2014-02-20 14:38:48 +00:00
\section { Distribution of the Combined Works}
2004-01-14 19:41:06 +00:00
2004-02-12 21:08:33 +00:00
Essentially, ``works based on the library'' must be distributed under the
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
same conditions as works under full GPL\@ . In fact, we note that
LGPLv2.1~\S 2 is nearly identical in its terms and requirements to GPLv2~\S 2.
2004-02-12 21:08:33 +00:00
There are again subtle differences and additions, which time does not
permit us to cover in this course.
2004-01-14 19:41:06 +00:00
\section { And the Rest}
2014-03-21 23:35:10 +00:00
The remaining variations between the LGPL and the GPL cover the following
2004-01-14 19:41:06 +00:00
conditions:
\begin { itemize}
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
2014-03-21 23:35:10 +00:00
\item Allowing a licensing ``upgrade'' from the LGPL to the GPL\@ (in LGPLv2.1~\S 3)
2004-01-14 19:41:06 +00:00
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
\item Binary distribution of the library only, covered in LGPLv2.1~\S 4,
which is effectively equivalent to LGPLv2.1~\S 3
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
\item Creating aggregates of libraries that are not derivative works of
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
each other, and distributing them as a unit (in LGPLv2.1~\S 7)
2004-01-14 19:41:06 +00:00
\end { itemize}
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
2004-01-14 19:41:06 +00:00
Due to time constraints, we cannot cover these additional terms in detail,
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
but they are mostly straightforward. The key to understanding LGPLv2.1 is
2004-01-14 19:41:06 +00:00
understanding the difference between a ``work based on the library'' and a
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
``work that uses the library.'' Once that distinction is clear, the
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
remainder of LGPLv2.1 is close enough to GPL that the concepts discussed in
2004-01-14 19:41:06 +00:00
our more extensive GPL unit can be directly applied.
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
2003-05-28 18:44:16 +00:00
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
\chapter { Integrating the GPL into Business Practices}
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
Since GPL'd software is now extremely prevalent through the industry, it
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
is useful to have some basic knowledge about using GPL'd software in
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
business and how to build business models around GPL'd software.
2003-05-29 21:12:01 +00:00
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
\section { Using GPL'd Software In-House}
2003-05-29 21:12:01 +00:00
2014-03-16 23:34:32 +00:00
As discussed in Sections~\ref { GPLv2s0} and~\ref { GPLv2s5} of this tutorial,
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
the GPL only governs the activities of copying, modifying and
distributing software programs that are not governed by the license.
Thus, in FSF's view, simply installing the software on a machine and
2014-03-21 23:35:10 +00:00
using it is not controlled or limited in any way by the GPL\@ . Using Free
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
Software in general requires substantially fewer agreements and less
license compliance activity than any known proprietary software.
2003-05-29 21:12:01 +00:00
Even if a company engages heavily in copying the software throughout the
2014-03-18 21:02:29 +00:00
enterprise, such copying is not only permitted by GPLv2~\S \S 1 and 3, but it is
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
encouraged! If the company simply deploys unmodified (or even modified)
2003-05-29 21:12:01 +00:00
Free Software throughout the organization for its employees to use, the
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
obligations under the license are very minimal. Using Free Software has a
2003-05-29 21:12:01 +00:00
substantially lower cost of ownership --- both in licensing fees and in
licensing checking and handling -- than the proprietary software
equivalents.
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
\section { Business Models}
\label { Business Models}
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
Using Free Software in house is certainly helpful, but a thriving
market for Free Software-oriented business models also exists. There is the
traditional model of selling copies of Free Software distributions.
2014-03-21 01:00:02 +00:00
Many companies make substantial revenue
from this model. Some choose this model because they have
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
found that for higher-end hardware, the cost of the profit made from
proprietary software licensing fees is negligible. The real profit is
in the hardware, but it is essential that software be stable, reliable
and dependable, and the users be allowed to have unfettered access to
it. Free Software, and GPL'd software in particular (because IBM can
be assured that proprietary versions of the same software will not
exists to compete on their hardware) is the right choice.
2003-05-29 21:12:01 +00:00
2014-03-21 01:00:02 +00:00
For example, charging a ``convenience fee'' for Free Software,
2003-05-29 21:12:01 +00:00
when set at a reasonable price (around \$ 60 or so), can produce some
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
profit. Even though Red Hat's system is fully downloadable on their
Web site, people still go to local computer stores and buy copies of their
2003-05-29 21:12:01 +00:00
box set, which is simply a printed version of the manual (available under
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
a Free license as well) and the Free Software system it documents.
2003-05-29 18:09:03 +00:00
2003-05-29 21:12:01 +00:00
\medskip
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
However, custom support, service, and software improvement contracts
are the most widely used models for GPL'd software. The GPL is
central to their success, because it ensures that the code base
remains common, and that large and small companies are on equal
footing for access to the technology. Consider, for example, the GNU
Compiler Collection (GCC). Cygnus Solutions, a company started in the
early 1990s, was able to grow steadily simply by providing services
for GCC --- mostly consisting of new ports of GCC to different or new,
embedded targets. Eventually, Cygnus was so successful that
it was purchased by Red Hat where it remains a profitable division.
2003-05-29 21:12:01 +00:00
2014-03-21 01:00:02 +00:00
However, there are very small companies that compete in
2014-03-21 23:35:10 +00:00
this space. Because the code-base is protect by the GPL, it creates and
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
demands industry trust. Companies can cooperate on the software and
improve it for everyone. Meanwhile, companies who rely on GCC for their
2003-05-29 21:12:01 +00:00
work are happy to pay for improvements, and for ports to new target
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
platforms. Nearly all the changes fold back into the standard
2003-05-29 21:12:01 +00:00
versions, and those forks that exist remain freely available.
\medskip
2003-05-29 18:09:03 +00:00
\label { Proprietary Relicensing}
2003-05-29 21:12:01 +00:00
A final common business model that is perhaps the most controversial is
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
proprietary relicensing of a GPL'd code base. This is only an option for
software in which a particular entity is the sole copyright holder. As
2003-05-29 21:12:01 +00:00
discussed earlier in this tutorial, a copyright holder is permitted under
copyright law to license a software system under her copyright as many
different ways as she likes to as many different parties as she wishes.
2014-03-21 01:00:02 +00:00
Some companies use this to their
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
financial advantage with regard to a GPL'd code base. The standard
2003-05-29 21:12:01 +00:00
version is available from the company under the terms of the GPL\@ .
However, parties can purchase separate proprietary software licensing for
a fee.
2014-03-21 00:57:00 +00:00
This business model is at best problematic and at worst predatory because it means that the GPL'd code
2003-05-29 21:12:01 +00:00
base must be developed in a somewhat monolithic way, because volunteer
Free Software developers may be reluctant to assign their copyrights to
the company because it will not promise to always and forever license the
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
software as Free Software. Indeed, the company will surely use such code
2003-05-29 21:12:01 +00:00
contributions in proprietary versions licensed for fees.
2003-05-29 18:09:03 +00:00
2003-05-29 14:41:31 +00:00
\section { Ongoing Compliance}
2003-05-26 19:06:48 +00:00
2014-03-21 00:57:13 +00:00
GPL compliance is in fact a very simple matter --- much simpler than
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
typical proprietary software agreements and EULAs. Usually, the most
2003-05-29 21:12:01 +00:00
difficult hurdle is changing from a proprietary software mindset to one
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
that seeks to foster a community of sharing and mutual support. Certainly
2003-05-29 21:12:01 +00:00
complying with the GPL from a users' perspective gives substantially fewer
headaches than proprietary license compliance.
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
For those who go into the business of distributing { \em modified\\ }
versions of GPL'd software, the burden is a bit higher, but not by
much. The glib answer is that by releasing the whole product as Free
Software, it is always easy to comply with the GPL. However,
admittedly to the dismay of FSF, many modern and complex software
systems are built using both proprietary and GPL'd components that are
not legally derivative works of each other. Sometimes, it is easier simply to
improve existing GPL'd application than to start from scratch. In
exchange for that benefit, the license requires that the modifier give
back to the commons that made the work easier in the first place. It is a
reasonable trade-off and a way to help build a better world while also
making a profit.
2003-05-29 21:12:01 +00:00
Note that FSF does provide services to assist companies who need
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
assistance in complying with the GPL. You can contact FSF's GPL
2014-03-21 23:35:10 +00:00
Compliance Labs at $ < $ licensing@fsf.org$ > $ .
2003-05-29 21:12:01 +00:00
2014-03-21 02:10:38 +00:00
%FIXME-LATER: should have \tutorialpart
2004-01-14 19:04:11 +00:00
2014-03-21 02:10:38 +00:00
If you are particularly interested in matters of GPL compliance, we
recommend the next two parts, which include both recommendations on good
compliance and compliance case studies.
2004-01-07 21:00:06 +00:00
2004-08-20 23:26:46 +00:00
% =====================================================================
% END OF FIRST DAY SEMINAR SECTION
% =====================================================================
2014-03-21 00:56:36 +00:00
%% LocalWords: Sebro Novalis Ravicher GPLv GPL'd copylefted LGPLv OSI USC
%% LocalWords: noncommercially counterintuitive Berne copyrightable DRM UC
%% LocalWords: proprietarize proprietarization Stallman's Tridgell's RMS
%% LocalWords: Lessig Lessig's Stallman Proto GPLs proto Tai pre GPL's ful
%% LocalWords: legalbol AGPLv Runtime licensor licensors relicense UCITA
%% LocalWords: unprotectable Intl nd th Kepner Tregoe Bando Indust Mitel
%% LocalWords: Iqtel Bateman Mitek Arce protectable hoc faire de minimis
%% LocalWords: Borland Int'l uncopyrightable LLC APIs Ent Connectix DVD's
%% LocalWords: redistributor diachronic unshared subpart redistributors
%% LocalWords: CDs userbase reshifts licensor's distributee impliedly Mgmt
%% LocalWords: patentee relicenses irrevocability Jacobsen Katzer TRW CCS
%% LocalWords: Unfreedonia administrivia Relicensing impermissibly centric
%% LocalWords: permissibility firehose bytecode minified Javascript DLLs
%% LocalWords: preprocessors functionalities offsite sublicensing DMCA CFR
%% LocalWords: anticircumvention WIPO BitTorrent multidirectional Magnuson
%% LocalWords: subdefinition Dryvit Stroebner Tandy TRS superset LGPL SLES
%% LocalWords: cryptographic relicensing removability sublicensed Novell
%% LocalWords: anticompetitive administrability sublicensable licensable
%% LocalWords: sublicense sublicensees sublicenses affixation Novell's
%% LocalWords: severability Affero LGPL'd lingua franca glibc facto LGPL's
%% LocalWords: relicensed runtime subunits relink downloadable MontaVista
%% LocalWords: CodeSourcery OpenTV MySQL TrollTech